mz-health/OMOP
mz-health
/
OMOP
mirror of https://github.com/OHDSI/CommonDataModel.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
OMOP/docs/cdm53.html

14272 lines
318 KiB
HTML
Raw Blame History

This file contains invisible Unicode characters

This file contains invisible Unicode characters that are indistinguishable to humans but may be processed differently by a computer. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

<!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<meta charset="utf-8" />
<meta name="generator" content="pandoc" />
<meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=EDGE" />
<title>OMOP CDM v5.3</title>
<script src="site_libs/header-attrs-2.25/header-attrs.js"></script>
<script src="site_libs/jquery-3.6.0/jquery-3.6.0.min.js"></script>
<meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1" />
<link href="site_libs/bootstrap-3.3.5/css/cosmo.min.css" rel="stylesheet" />
<script src="site_libs/bootstrap-3.3.5/js/bootstrap.min.js"></script>
<script src="site_libs/bootstrap-3.3.5/shim/html5shiv.min.js"></script>
<script src="site_libs/bootstrap-3.3.5/shim/respond.min.js"></script>
<style>h1 {font-size: 34px;}
h1.title {font-size: 38px;}
h2 {font-size: 30px;}
h3 {font-size: 24px;}
h4 {font-size: 18px;}
h5 {font-size: 16px;}
h6 {font-size: 12px;}
code {color: inherit; background-color: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.04);}
pre:not([class]) { background-color: white }</style>
<script src="site_libs/jqueryui-1.13.2/jquery-ui.min.js"></script>
<link href="site_libs/tocify-1.9.1/jquery.tocify.css" rel="stylesheet" />
<script src="site_libs/tocify-1.9.1/jquery.tocify.js"></script>
<script src="site_libs/navigation-1.1/tabsets.js"></script>
<link href="site_libs/highlightjs-9.12.0/default.css" rel="stylesheet" />
<script src="site_libs/highlightjs-9.12.0/highlight.js"></script>
<link href="site_libs/font-awesome-6.4.2/css/all.min.css" rel="stylesheet" />
<link href="site_libs/font-awesome-6.4.2/css/v4-shims.min.css" rel="stylesheet" />
<link rel='shortcut icon' type='image/x-icon' href='favicon.ico' />
<style type="text/css">
code{white-space: pre-wrap;}
span.smallcaps{font-variant: small-caps;}
span.underline{text-decoration: underline;}
div.column{display: inline-block; vertical-align: top; width: 50%;}
div.hanging-indent{margin-left: 1.5em; text-indent: -1.5em;}
ul.task-list{list-style: none;}
</style>
<style type="text/css">code{white-space: pre;}</style>
<script type="text/javascript">
if (window.hljs) {
hljs.configure({languages: []});
hljs.initHighlightingOnLoad();
if (document.readyState && document.readyState === "complete") {
window.setTimeout(function() { hljs.initHighlighting(); }, 0);
}
}
</script>
<link rel="stylesheet" href="style.css" type="text/css" />
<style type = "text/css">
.main-container {
max-width: 940px;
margin-left: auto;
margin-right: auto;
}
img {
max-width:100%;
}
.tabbed-pane {
padding-top: 12px;
}
.html-widget {
margin-bottom: 20px;
}
button.code-folding-btn:focus {
outline: none;
}
summary {
display: list-item;
}
details > summary > p:only-child {
display: inline;
}
pre code {
padding: 0;
}
</style>
<style type="text/css">
.dropdown-submenu {
position: relative;
}
.dropdown-submenu>.dropdown-menu {
top: 0;
left: 100%;
margin-top: -6px;
margin-left: -1px;
border-radius: 0 6px 6px 6px;
}
.dropdown-submenu:hover>.dropdown-menu {
display: block;
}
.dropdown-submenu>a:after {
display: block;
content: " ";
float: right;
width: 0;
height: 0;
border-color: transparent;
border-style: solid;
border-width: 5px 0 5px 5px;
border-left-color: #cccccc;
margin-top: 5px;
margin-right: -10px;
}
.dropdown-submenu:hover>a:after {
border-left-color: #adb5bd;
}
.dropdown-submenu.pull-left {
float: none;
}
.dropdown-submenu.pull-left>.dropdown-menu {
left: -100%;
margin-left: 10px;
border-radius: 6px 0 6px 6px;
}
</style>
<script type="text/javascript">
// manage active state of menu based on current page
$(document).ready(function () {
// active menu anchor
href = window.location.pathname
href = href.substr(href.lastIndexOf('/') + 1)
if (href === "")
href = "index.html";
var menuAnchor = $('a[href="' + href + '"]');
// mark the anchor link active (and if it's in a dropdown, also mark that active)
var dropdown = menuAnchor.closest('li.dropdown');
if (window.bootstrap) { // Bootstrap 4+
menuAnchor.addClass('active');
dropdown.find('> .dropdown-toggle').addClass('active');
} else { // Bootstrap 3
menuAnchor.parent().addClass('active');
dropdown.addClass('active');
}
// Navbar adjustments
var navHeight = $(".navbar").first().height() + 15;
var style = document.createElement('style');
var pt = "padding-top: " + navHeight + "px; ";
var mt = "margin-top: -" + navHeight + "px; ";
var css = "";
// offset scroll position for anchor links (for fixed navbar)
for (var i = 1; i <= 6; i++) {
css += ".section h" + i + "{ " + pt + mt + "}\n";
}
style.innerHTML = "body {" + pt + "padding-bottom: 40px; }\n" + css;
document.head.appendChild(style);
});
</script>
<!-- tabsets -->
<style type="text/css">
.tabset-dropdown > .nav-tabs {
display: inline-table;
max-height: 500px;
min-height: 44px;
overflow-y: auto;
border: 1px solid #ddd;
border-radius: 4px;
}
.tabset-dropdown > .nav-tabs > li.active:before, .tabset-dropdown > .nav-tabs.nav-tabs-open:before {
content: "\e259";
font-family: 'Glyphicons Halflings';
display: inline-block;
padding: 10px;
border-right: 1px solid #ddd;
}
.tabset-dropdown > .nav-tabs.nav-tabs-open > li.active:before {
content: "\e258";
font-family: 'Glyphicons Halflings';
border: none;
}
.tabset-dropdown > .nav-tabs > li.active {
display: block;
}
.tabset-dropdown > .nav-tabs > li > a,
.tabset-dropdown > .nav-tabs > li > a:focus,
.tabset-dropdown > .nav-tabs > li > a:hover {
border: none;
display: inline-block;
border-radius: 4px;
background-color: transparent;
}
.tabset-dropdown > .nav-tabs.nav-tabs-open > li {
display: block;
float: none;
}
.tabset-dropdown > .nav-tabs > li {
display: none;
}
</style>
<!-- code folding -->
<style type="text/css">
#TOC {
margin: 25px 0px 20px 0px;
}
@media (max-width: 768px) {
#TOC {
position: relative;
width: 100%;
}
}
@media print {
.toc-content {
/* see https://github.com/w3c/csswg-drafts/issues/4434 */
float: right;
}
}
.toc-content {
padding-left: 30px;
padding-right: 40px;
}
div.main-container {
max-width: 1200px;
}
div.tocify {
width: 20%;
max-width: 260px;
max-height: 85%;
}
@media (min-width: 768px) and (max-width: 991px) {
div.tocify {
width: 25%;
}
}
@media (max-width: 767px) {
div.tocify {
width: 100%;
max-width: none;
}
}
.tocify ul, .tocify li {
line-height: 20px;
}
.tocify-subheader .tocify-item {
font-size: 0.90em;
}
.tocify .list-group-item {
border-radius: 0px;
}
</style>
</head>
<body>
<div class="container-fluid main-container">
<!-- setup 3col/9col grid for toc_float and main content -->
<div class="row">
<div class="col-xs-12 col-sm-4 col-md-3">
<div id="TOC" class="tocify">
</div>
</div>
<div class="toc-content col-xs-12 col-sm-8 col-md-9">
<div class="navbar navbar-default navbar-fixed-top" role="navigation">
<div class="container">
<div class="navbar-header">
<button type="button" class="navbar-toggle collapsed" data-toggle="collapse" data-bs-toggle="collapse" data-target="#navbar" data-bs-target="#navbar">
<span class="icon-bar"></span>
<span class="icon-bar"></span>
<span class="icon-bar"></span>
</button>
<a class="navbar-brand" href="index.html"><div><img src="ohdsi16x16.png"></img> OMOP Common Data Model </div></a>
</div>
<div id="navbar" class="navbar-collapse collapse">
<ul class="nav navbar-nav">
<li>
<a href="index.html">
<span class="fa fa-house"></span>
</a>
</li>
<li class="dropdown">
<a href="#" class="dropdown-toggle" data-toggle="dropdown" role="button" data-bs-toggle="dropdown" aria-expanded="false">
<span class="fa fa-landmark"></span>
Background
<span class="caret"></span>
</a>
<ul class="dropdown-menu" role="menu">
<li>
<a href="background.html">Model Background</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="cdmRefreshProcess.html">CDM Refresh Process</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="vocabulary.html">How the Vocabulary is Built</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="dropdown">
<a href="#" class="dropdown-toggle" data-toggle="dropdown" role="button" data-bs-toggle="dropdown" aria-expanded="false">
<span class="fa fa-list-alt"></span>
Conventions
<span class="caret"></span>
</a>
<ul class="dropdown-menu" role="menu">
<li>
<a href="dataModelConventions.html">General Conventions</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="ehrObsPeriods.html">Observation Periods for EHR Data</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="cdmPrivacy.html">Patient Privacy and OMOP</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="dropdown">
<a href="#" class="dropdown-toggle" data-toggle="dropdown" role="button" data-bs-toggle="dropdown" aria-expanded="false">
<span class="fa fa-history"></span>
CDM Versions
<span class="caret"></span>
</a>
<ul class="dropdown-menu" role="menu">
<li>
<a href="cdm30.html">CDM v3.0</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="cdm60.html">CDM v6.0</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="cdm53.html">CDM v5.3</a>
</li>
<li class="dropdown-submenu">
<a href="#" class="dropdown-toggle" data-toggle="dropdown" role="button" data-bs-toggle="dropdown" aria-expanded="false">NEW CDM v5.4</a>
<ul class="dropdown-menu" role="menu">
<li>
<a href="cdm54.html">CDM v5.4</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="cdm54Changes.html">Changes from CDM v5.3</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="cdm54erd.html">Entity Relationships</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="dropdown">
<a href="#" class="dropdown-toggle" data-toggle="dropdown" role="button" data-bs-toggle="dropdown" aria-expanded="false">
<span class="fa fa-plus-square"></span>
CDM Proposals
<span class="caret"></span>
</a>
<ul class="dropdown-menu" role="menu">
<li>
<a href="cdmRequestProcess.html">How to Propose Changes to the CDM</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="https://github.com/OHDSI/CommonDataModel/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3AProposal">Under Review</a>
</li>
<li class="dropdown-submenu">
<a href="#" class="dropdown-toggle" data-toggle="dropdown" role="button" data-bs-toggle="dropdown" aria-expanded="false">Accepted</a>
<ul class="dropdown-menu" role="menu">
<li>
<a href="https://github.com/OHDSI/CommonDataModel/issues/252">Region_concept_id</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="dropdown">
<a href="#" class="dropdown-toggle" data-toggle="dropdown" role="button" data-bs-toggle="dropdown" aria-expanded="false">
<span class="fa fa-question"></span>
How to
<span class="caret"></span>
</a>
<ul class="dropdown-menu" role="menu">
<li>
<a href="download.html">Download the DDL</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="cdmRPackage.html">Use the CDM R Package</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="drug_dose.html">Calculate Drug Dose</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li class="dropdown">
<a href="#" class="dropdown-toggle" data-toggle="dropdown" role="button" data-bs-toggle="dropdown" aria-expanded="false">
<span class="fa fa-life-ring"></span>
Support
<span class="caret"></span>
</a>
<ul class="dropdown-menu" role="menu">
<li>
<a href="cdmDecisionTree.html">Help! My Data Doesn't Fit!</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="faq.html">FAQ</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="sqlScripts.html">SQL Scripts</a>
</li>
<li>
<a href="contribute.html">Ask a Question</a>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
</ul>
<ul class="nav navbar-nav navbar-right">
<li>
<a href="https://github.com/OHDSI/CommonDataModel">
<span class="fa fa-github"></span>
</a>
</li>
</ul>
</div><!--/.nav-collapse -->
</div><!--/.container -->
</div><!--/.navbar -->
<div id="header">
<h1 class="title toc-ignore"><strong>OMOP CDM v5.3</strong></h1>
</div>
<p>Below is the specification document for the OMOP Common Data Model,
v5.3 (previously v5.3.1). Each table is represented with a high-level
description and ETL conventions that should be followed. This is
continued with a discussion of each field in each table, any conventions
related to the field, and constraints that should be followed (like
primary key, foreign key, etc). Should you have questions please feel
free to visit the <a href="https://forums.ohdsi.org/">forums</a> or the
<a href="https://github.com/ohdsi/CommonDataModel/issues">github
issue</a> page.</p>
<p><em><strong>Special Note</strong> This documentation previously
referenced v5.3.1. During the OHDSI/CommonDataModel Hack-A-Thon that
occurred on August 18, 2021 the decision was made to align documentation
with the minor releases. Hot fixes and minor.minor release can be found
through the searching of tags.</em></p>
<p>–after regeneration of DDLs link to csv of cdm link to pdf of cdm
documentation link to forum on doc page</p>
<div id="person" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">person</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>This table serves as the central identity management for all Persons
in the database. It contains records that uniquely identify each person
or patient, and some demographic information.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>All records in this table are independent Persons.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>All Persons in a database needs one record in this table, unless they
fail data quality requirements specified in the ETL. Persons with no
Events should have a record nonetheless. If more than one data source
contributes Events to the database, Persons must be reconciled, if
possible, across the sources to create one single record per Person. The
content of the BIRTH_DATETIME must be equivalent to the content of
BIRTH_DAY, BIRTH_MONTH and BIRTH_YEAR.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
It is assumed that every person with a different unique identifier is in
fact a different person and should be treated independently.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Any person linkage that needs to occur to uniquely identify Persons
ought to be done prior to writing this table. This identifier can be the
original id from the source data provided if it is an integer, otherwise
it can be an autogenerated number.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
gender_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field is meant to capture the biological sex at birth of the
Person. This field should not be used to study gender identity issues.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use the gender or sex value present in the data under the assumption
that it is the biological sex at birth. If the source data captures
gender identity it should be stored in the <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#observation">OBSERVATION</a>
table. <a
href="http://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Gender&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
gender concepts</a>
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Gender
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
year_of_birth
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Compute age using year_of_birth.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
For data sources with date of birth, the year should be extracted. For
data sources where the year of birth is not available, the approximate
year of birth could be derived based on age group categorization, if
available.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
month_of_birth
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
For data sources that provide the precise date of birth, the month
should be extracted and stored in this field.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
day_of_birth
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
For data sources that provide the precise date of birth, the day should
be extracted and stored in this field.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
birth_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field is not required but highly encouraged. For data sources that
provide the precise datetime of birth, that value should be stored in
this field. If birth_datetime is not provided in the source, use the
following logic to infer the date: If day_of_birth is null and
month_of_birth is not null then use the first of the month in that year.
If month_of_birth is null or if day_of_birth AND month_of_birth are both
null and the person has records during their year of birth then use the
date of the earliest record, otherwise use the 15th of June of that
year. If time of birth is not given use midnight (00:00:0000).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
race_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field captures race or ethnic background of the person.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Only use this field if you have information about race or ethnic
background. The Vocabulary contains Concepts about the main races and
ethnic backgrounds in a hierarchical system. Due to the imprecise nature
of human races and ethnic backgrounds, this is not a perfect system.
Mixed races are not supported. If a clear race or ethnic background
cannot be established, use Concept_Id 0. <a
href="http://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Race&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Race Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Race
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
ethnicity_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field captures Ethnicity as defined by the Office of Management and
Budget (OMB) of the US Government: it distinguishes only between
“Hispanic” and “Not Hispanic”. Races and ethnic backgrounds are not
stored here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Only use this field if you have US-based data and a source of this
information. Do not attempt to infer Ethnicity from the race or ethnic
background of the Person. <a
href="http://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Ethnicity&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
ethnicity concepts</a>
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Ethnicity
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
location_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The location refers to the physical address of the person. This field
should capture the last known location of the person.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the location_id from the <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#location">LOCATION</a>
table here that represents the most granular location information for
the person. This could represent anything from postal code or parts
thereof, state, or county for example. Since many databases contain
deidentified data, it is common that the precision of the location is
reduced to prevent re-identification. This field should capture the last
known location.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
LOCATION
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Provider refers to the last known primary care provider (General
Practitioner).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the provider_id from the <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#provider">PROVIDER</a>
table of the last known general practitioner of the person. If there are
multiple providers, it is up to the ETL to decide which to put here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PROVIDER
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
care_site_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Care Site refers to where the Provider typically provides the
primary care.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CARE_SITE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to link back to persons in the source data. This is
typically used for error checking of ETL logic.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Some use cases require the ability to link back to persons in the source
data. This field allows for the storing of the person value as it
appears in the source. This field is not required but strongly
recommended.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
gender_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field is used to store the biological sex of the person from the
source data. It is not intended for use in standard analytics but for
reference only.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the biological sex of the person as it appears in the source data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
gender_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Due to the small number of options, this tends to be zero.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the source data codes biological sex in a non-standard vocabulary,
store the concept_id here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
race_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field is used to store the race of the person from the source data.
It is not intended for use in standard analytics but for reference only.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the race of the person as it appears in the source data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
race_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Due to the small number of options, this tends to be zero.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the source data codes race in an OMOP supported vocabulary store the
concept_id here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
ethnicity_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field is used to store the ethnicity of the person from the source
data. It is not intended for use in standard analytics but for reference
only.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the person has an ethnicity other than the OMB standard of “Hispanic”
or “Not Hispanic” store that value from the source data here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
ethnicity_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Due to the small number of options, this tends to be zero.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the source data codes ethnicity in an OMOP supported vocabulary,
store the concept_id here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="observation_period" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">observation_period</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>This table contains records which define spans of time during which
two conditions are expected to hold: (i) Clinical Events that happened
to the Person are recorded in the Event tables, and (ii) absense of
records indicate such Events did not occur during this span of time.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>For each Person, one or more OBSERVATION_PERIOD records may be
present, but they will not overlap or be back to back to each other.
Events may exist outside all of the time spans of the OBSERVATION_PERIOD
records for a patient, however, absence of an Event outside these time
spans cannot be construed as evidence of absence of an Event. Incidence
or prevalence rates should only be calculated for the time of active
OBSERVATION_PERIOD records. When constructing cohorts, outside Events
can be used for inclusion criteria definition, but without any guarantee
for the performance of these criteria. Also, OBSERVATION_PERIOD records
can be as short as a single day, greatly disturbing the denominator of
any rate calculation as part of cohort characterizations. To avoid that,
apply minimal observation time as a requirement for any cohort
definition.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Each Person needs to have at least one OBSERVATION_PERIOD record,
which should represent time intervals with a high capture rate of
Clinical Events. Some source data have very similar concepts, such as
enrollment periods in insurance claims data. In other source data such
as most EHR systems these time spans need to be inferred under a set of
assumptions. It is the discretion of the ETL developer to define these
assumptions. In many ETL solutions the start date of the first
occurrence or the first high quality occurrence of a Clinical Event
(Condition, Drug, Procedure, Device, Measurement, Visit) is defined as
the start of the OBSERVATION_PERIOD record, and the end date of the last
occurrence of last high quality occurrence of a Clinical Event, or the
end of the database period becomes the end of the OBSERVATOIN_PERIOD for
each Person. If a Person only has a single Clinical Event the
OBSERVATION_PERIOD record can be as short as one day. Depending on these
definitions it is possible that Clinical Events fall outside the time
spans defined by OBSERVATION_PERIOD records. Family history or history
of Clinical Events generally are not used to generate OBSERVATION_PERIOD
records around the time they are referring to. Any two overlapping or
adjacent OBSERVATION_PERIOD records have to be merged into one.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
observation_period_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A Person can have multiple discrete Observation Periods which are
identified by the Observation_Period_Id.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Assign a unique observation_period_id to each discrete Observation
Period for a Person.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Person ID of the PERSON record for which the Observation Period is
recorded.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
observation_period_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this date to determine the start date of the Observation Period.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
It is often the case that the idea of Observation Periods does not exist
in source data. In those cases, the observation_period_start_date can be
inferred as the earliest Event date available for the Person. In
insurance claim data, the Observation Period can be considered as the
time period the Person is enrolled with a payer. If a Person switches
plans but stays with the same payer, and therefore capturing of data
continues, that change would be captured in <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#payer_plan_period">PAYER_PLAN_PERIOD</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
observation_period_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this date to determine the end date of the period for which we can
assume that all events for a Person are recorded.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
It is often the case that the idea of Observation Periods does not exist
in source data. In those cases, the observation_period_end_date can be
inferred as the last Event date available for the Person. In insurance
claim data, the Observation Period can be considered as the time period
the Person is enrolled with a payer.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
period_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field can be used to determine the provenance of the Observation
Period as in whether the period was determined from an insurance
enrollment file, EHR healthcare encounters, or other sources.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Choose the observation_period_type_concept_id that best represents how
the period was determined. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Type+Concept&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="visit_occurrence" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">visit_occurrence</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>This table contains Events where Persons engage with the healthcare
system for a duration of time. They are often also called “Encounters”.
Visits are defined by a configuration of circumstances under which they
occur, such as (i) whether the patient comes to a healthcare
institution, the other way around, or the interaction is remote, (ii)
whether and what kind of trained medical staff is delivering the service
during the Visit, and (iii) whether the Visit is transient or for a
longer period involving a stay in bed.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>The configuration defining the Visit are described by Concepts in the
Visit Domain, which form a hierarchical structure, but rolling up to
generally familiar Visits adopted in most healthcare systems
worldwide:</p>
<ul>
<li><a href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/9201">Inpatient
Visit</a>: Person visiting hospital, at a Care Site, in bed, for
duration of more than one day, with physicians and other Providers
permanently available to deliver service around the clock</li>
<li><a href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/9203">Emergency
Room Visit</a>: Person visiting dedicated healthcare institution for
treating emergencies, at a Care Site, within one day, with physicians
and Providers permanently available to deliver service around the
clock</li>
<li><a href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/262">Emergency
Room and Inpatient Visit</a>: Person visiting ER followed by a
subsequent Inpatient Visit, where Emergency department is part of
hospital, and transition from the ER to other hospital departments is
undefined</li>
<li><a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/42898160">Non-hospital
institution Visit</a>: Person visiting dedicated institution for reasons
of poor health, at a Care Site, long-term or permanently, with no
physician but possibly other Providers permanently available to deliver
service around the clock</li>
<li><a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/9202">Outpatient
Visit</a>: Person visiting dedicated ambulatory healthcare institution,
at a Care Site, within one day, without bed, with physicians or medical
Providers delivering service during Visit</li>
<li><a href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/581476">Home
Visit</a>: Provider visiting Person, without a Care Site, within one
day, delivering service</li>
<li><a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/5083">Telehealth
Visit</a>: Patient engages with Provider through communication
media</li>
<li><a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/581458">Pharmacy
Visit</a>: Person visiting pharmacy for dispensing of Drug, at a Care
Site, within one day</li>
<li><a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/32036">Laboratory
Visit</a>: Patient visiting dedicated institution, at a Care Site,
within one day, for the purpose of a Measurement.</li>
<li><a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/581478">Ambulance
Visit</a>: Person using transportation service for the purpose of
initiating one of the other Visits, without a Care Site, within one day,
potentially with Providers accompanying the Visit and delivering
service</li>
<li><a href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/38004193">Case
Management Visit</a>: Person interacting with healthcare system, without
a Care Site, within a day, with no Providers involved, for
administrative purposes</li>
</ul>
<p>The Visit duration, or ‘length of stay’, is defined as VISIT_END_DATE
- VISIT_START_DATE. For all Visits this is &lt;1 day, except Inpatient
Visits and Non-hospital institution Visits. The CDM also contains the
VISIT_DETAIL table where additional information about the Visit is
stored, for example, transfers between units during an inpatient
Visit.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Visits can be derived easily if the source data contain coding
systems for Place of Service or Procedures, like CPT codes for well
visits. In those cases, the codes can be looked up and mapped to a
Standard Visit Concept. Otherwise, Visit Concepts have to be identified
in the ETL process. This table will contain concepts in the Visit
domain. These concepts are arranged in a hierarchical structure to
facilitate cohort definitions by rolling up to generally familiar Visits
adopted in most healthcare systems worldwide. Visits can be adjacent to
each other, i.e. the end date of one can be identical with the start
date of the other. As a consequence, more than one-day Visits or their
descendants can be recorded for the same day. Multi-day visits must not
overlap, i.e. share days other than start and end days. It is often the
case that some logic should be written for how to define visits and how
to assign Visit_Concept_Id. For example, in US claims outpatient visits
that appear to occur within the time period of an inpatient visit can be
rolled into one with the same Visit_Occurrence_Id. In EHR data inpatient
visits that are within one day of each other may be strung together to
create one visit. It will all depend on the source data and how
encounter records should be translated to visit occurrences. Providers
can be associated with a Visit through the PROVIDER_ID field, or
indirectly through PROCEDURE_OCCURRENCE records linked both to the VISIT
and PROVIDER tables.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this to identify unique interactions between a person and the health
care system. This identifier links across the other CDM event tables to
associate events with a visit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This should be populated by creating a unique identifier for each unique
interaction between a person and the healthcare system where the person
receives a medical good or service over a span of time.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field contains a concept id representing the kind of visit, like
inpatient or outpatient. All concepts in this field should be standard
and belong to the Visit domain.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Populate this field based on the kind of visit that took place for the
person. For example this could be “Inpatient Visit”, “Outpatient Visit”,
“Ambulatory Visit”, etc. This table will contain standard concepts in
the Visit domain. These concepts are arranged in a hierarchical
structure to facilitate cohort definitions by rolling up to generally
familiar Visits adopted in most healthcare systems worldwide. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Visit&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Visit
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
For inpatient visits, the start date is typically the admission date.
For outpatient visits the start date and end date will be the same.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
When populating VISIT_START_DATE, you should think about the patient
experience to make decisions on how to define visits. In the case of an
inpatient visit this should be the date the patient was admitted to the
hospital or institution. In all other cases this should be the date of
the patient-provider interaction.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_start_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If no time is given for the start date of a visit, set it to midnight
(00:00:0000).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
For inpatient visits the end date is typically the discharge date.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Visit end dates are mandatory. If end dates are not provided in the
source there are three ways in which to derive them: - Outpatient Visit:
visit_end_datetime = visit_start_datetime - Emergency Room Visit:
visit_end_datetime = visit_start_datetime - Inpatient Visit: Usually
there is information about discharge. If not, you should be able to
derive the end date from the sudden decline of activity or from the
absence of inpatient procedures/drugs. - Non-hospital institution
Visits: Particularly for claims data, if end dates are not provided
assume the visit is for the duration of month that it occurs. For
Inpatient Visits ongoing at the date of ETL, put date of processing the
data into visit_end_datetime and visit_type_concept_id with 32220 “Still
patient” to identify the visit as incomplete. - All other Visits:
visit_end_datetime = visit_start_datetime. If this is a one-day visit
the end date should match the start date.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_end_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If no time is given for the end date of a visit, set it to midnight
(00:00:0000).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to understand the provenance of the visit record, or
where the record comes from.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Populate this field based on the provenance of the visit record, as in
whether it came from an EHR record or billing claim. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Type+Concept&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
There will only be one provider per visit record and the ETL document
should clearly state how they were chosen (attending, admitting, etc.).
If there are multiple providers associated with a visit in the source,
this can be reflected in the event tables (CONDITION_OCCURRENCE,
PROCEDURE_OCCURRENCE, etc.) or in the VISIT_DETAIL table.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If there are multiple providers associated with a visit, you will need
to choose which one to put here. The additional providers can be stored
in the <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#visit_detail">VISIT_DETAIL</a>
table.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PROVIDER
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
care_site_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field provides information about the Care Site where the Visit took
place.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
There should only be one Care Site associated with a Visit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CARE_SITE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the kind of visit that took place (inpatient, outpatient, emergency,
etc.)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If there is information about the kind of visit in the source data that
value should be stored here. If a visit is an amalgamation of visits
from the source then use a hierarchy to choose the visit source value,
such as IP -&gt; ER-&gt; OP. This should line up with the logic chosen
to determine how visits are created.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the visit source value is coded in the source data using an OMOP
supported vocabulary put the concept id representing the source value
here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
admitting_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to determine where the patient was admitted from. This
concept is part of the visit domain and can indicate if a patient was
admitted to the hospital from a long-term care facility, for example.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If available, map the admitted_from_source_value to a standard concept
in the visit domain. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Visit&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Visit
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
admitting_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This information may be called something different in the source data
but the field is meant to contain a value indicating where a person was
admitted from. Typically this applies only to visits that have a length
of stay, like inpatient visits or long-term care visits.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
discharge_to_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to determine where the patient was discharged to after a
visit. This concept is part of the visit domain and can indicate if a
patient was discharged to home or sent to a long-term care facility, for
example.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If available, map the discharge_to_source_value to a standard concept in
the visit domain. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Visit&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Visit
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
discharge_to_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This information may be called something different in the source data
but the field is meant to contain a value indicating where a person was
discharged to after a visit, as in they went home or were moved to
long-term care. Typically this applies only to visits that have a length
of stay of a day or more.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
preceding_visit_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to find the visit that occurred for the person prior to
the given visit. There could be a few days or a few years in between.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field can be used to link a visit immediately preceding the current
visit. Note this is not symmetrical, and there is no such thing as a
“following_visit_id”.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_OCCURRENCE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="visit_detail" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">visit_detail</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The VISIT_DETAIL table is an optional table used to represents
details of each record in the parent VISIT_OCCURRENCE table. A good
example of this would be the movement between units in a hospital during
an inpatient stay or claim lines associated with a one insurance claim.
For every record in the VISIT_OCCURRENCE table there may be 0 or more
records in the VISIT_DETAIL table with a 1:n relationship where n may be
0. The VISIT_DETAIL table is structurally very similar to
VISIT_OCCURRENCE table and belongs to the visit domain.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>The configuration defining the Visit Detail is described by Concepts
in the Visit Domain, which form a hierarchical structure. The Visit
Detail record will have an associated to the Visit Occurrence record in
two ways: <br> 1. The Visit Detail record will have the
VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID it is associated to 2. The VISIT_DETAIL_CONCEPT_ID
will be a descendant of the VISIT_CONCEPT_ID for the Visit.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>It is not mandatory that the VISIT_DETAIL table be filled in, but if
you find that the logic to create VISIT_OCCURRENCE records includes the
roll-up of multiple smaller records to create one picture of a Visit
then it is a good idea to use VISIT_DETAIL. In EHR data, for example, a
Person may be in the hospital but instead of one over-arching Visit
their encounters are recorded as times they interacted with a health
care provider. A Person in the hospital interacts with multiple
providers multiple times a day so the encounters must be strung together
using some heuristic (defined by the ETL) to identify the entire Visit.
In this case the encounters would be considered Visit Details and the
entire Visit would be the Visit Occurrence. In this example it is also
possible to use the Vocabulary to distinguish Visit Details from a Visit
Occurrence by setting the VISIT_CONCEPT_ID to <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/9201">9201</a> and the
VISIT_DETAIL_CONCEPT_IDs either to 9201 or its children to indicate
where the patient was in the hospital at the time of care.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this to identify unique interactions between a person and the health
care system. This identifier links across the other CDM event tables to
associate events with a visit detail.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This should be populated by creating a unique identifier for each unique
interaction between a person and the healthcare system where the person
receives a medical good or service over a span of time.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field contains a concept id representing the kind of visit detail,
like inpatient or outpatient. All concepts in this field should be
standard and belong to the Visit domain.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Populate this field based on the kind of visit that took place for the
person. For example this could be “Inpatient Visit”, “Outpatient Visit”,
“Ambulatory Visit”, etc. This table will contain standard concepts in
the Visit domain. These concepts are arranged in a hierarchical
structure to facilitate cohort definitions by rolling up to generally
familiar Visits adopted in most healthcare systems worldwide. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Visit&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Visit
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the date of the start of the encounter. This may or may not be
equal to the date of the Visit the Visit Detail is associated with.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
When populating VISIT_DETAIL_START_DATE, you should think about the
patient experience to make decisions on how to define visits. Most
likely this should be the date of the patient-provider interaction.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_start_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If no time is given for the start date of a visit, set it to midnight
(00:00:0000).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This the end date of the patient-provider interaction.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Visit Detail end dates are mandatory. If end dates are not provided in
the source there are three ways in which to derive them:<br> -
Outpatient Visit Detail: visit_detail_end_datetime =
visit_detail_start_datetime - Emergency Room Visit Detail:
visit_detail_end_datetime = visit_detail_start_datetime - Inpatient
Visit Detail: Usually there is information about discharge. If not, you
should be able to derive the end date from the sudden decline of
activity or from the absence of inpatient procedures/drugs. -
Non-hospital institution Visit Details: Particularly for claims data, if
end dates are not provided assume the visit is for the duration of month
that it occurs.<br> For Inpatient Visit Details ongoing at the date of
ETL, put date of processing the data into visit_detai_end_datetime and
visit_detail_type_concept_id with 32220 “Still patient” to identify the
visit as incomplete. All other Visits Details: visit_detail_end_datetime
= visit_detail_start_datetime.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_end_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If no time is given for the end date of a visit, set it to midnight
(00:00:0000).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to understand the provenance of the visit detail record,
or where the record comes from.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Populate this field based on the provenance of the visit detail record,
as in whether it came from an EHR record or billing claim. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Type+Concept&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
There will only be one provider per <strong>visit</strong> record and
the ETL document should clearly state how they were chosen (attending,
admitting, etc.). This is a typical reason for leveraging the
VISIT_DETAIL table as even though each VISIT_DETAIL record can only have
one provider, there is no limit to the number of VISIT_DETAIL records
that can be associated to a VISIT_OCCURRENCE record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The additional providers associated to a Visit can be stored in this
table where each VISIT_DETAIL record represents a different provider.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PROVIDER
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
care_site_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field provides information about the Care Site where the Visit
Detail took place.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
There should only be one Care Site associated with a Visit Detail.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CARE_SITE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the kind of visit detail that took place (inpatient, outpatient,
emergency, etc.)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If there is information about the kind of visit detail in the source
data that value should be stored here. If a visit is an amalgamation of
visits from the source then use a hierarchy to choose the
VISIT_DETAIL_SOURCE_VALUE, such as IP -&gt; ER-&gt; OP. This should line
up with the logic chosen to determine how visits are created.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the VISIT_DETAIL_SOURCE_VALUE is coded in the source data using an
OMOP supported vocabulary put the concept id representing the source
value here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
admitting_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This information may be called something different in the source data
but the field is meant to contain a value indicating where a person was
admitted from. Typically this applies only to visits that have a length
of stay, like inpatient visits or long-term care visits.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
admitting_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to determine where the patient was admitted from. This
concept is part of the visit domain and can indicate if a patient was
admitted to the hospital from a long-term care facility, for example.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If available, map the admitted_from_source_value to a standard concept
in the visit domain. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Visit&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Visit
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
discharge_to_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This information may be called something different in the source data
but the field is meant to contain a value indicating where a person was
discharged to after a visit, as in they went home or were moved to
long-term care. Typically this applies only to visits that have a length
of stay of a day or more.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
discharge_to_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to determine where the patient was discharged to after a
visit detail record. This concept is part of the visit domain and can
indicate if a patient was discharged to home or sent to a long-term care
facility, for example.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If available, map the DISCHARGE_TO_SOURCE_VALUE to a Standard Concept in
the Visit domain. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Visit&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Visit
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
preceding_visit_detail_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to find the visit detail that occurred for the person
prior to the given visit detail record. There could be a few days or a
few years in between.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The PRECEDING_VISIT_DETAIL_ID can be used to link a visit immediately
preceding the current Visit Detail. Note this is not symmetrical, and
there is no such thing as a “following_visit_id”.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_DETAIL
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_parent_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to find the visit detail that subsumes the given visit
detail record. This is used in the case that a visit detail record needs
to be nested beyond the VISIT_OCCURRENCE/VISIT_DETAIL relationship.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If there are multiple nested levels to how Visits are represented in the
source, the VISIT_DETAIL_PARENT_ID can be used to record this
relationship.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_DETAIL
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to link the VISIT_DETAIL record to its VISIT_OCCURRENCE.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID that subsumes the VISIT_DETAIL record here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_OCCURRENCE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="condition_occurrence"
class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">condition_occurrence</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>This table contains records of Events of a Person suggesting the
presence of a disease or medical condition stated as a diagnosis, a
sign, or a symptom, which is either observed by a Provider or reported
by the patient.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>Conditions are defined by Concepts from the Condition domain, which
form a complex hierarchy. As a result, the same Person with the same
disease may have multiple Condition records, which belong to the same
hierarchical family. Most Condition records are mapped from diagnostic
codes, but recorded signs, symptoms and summary descriptions also
contribute to this table. Rule out diagnoses should not be recorded in
this table, but in reality their negating nature is not always captured
in the source data, and other precautions must be taken when when
identifying Persons who should suffer from the recorded Condition.
Record all conditions as they exist in the source data. Any decisions
about diagnosis/phenotype definitions would be done through cohort
specifications. These cohorts can be housed in the <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#payer_plan_period">COHORT</a>
table. Conditions span a time interval from start to end, but are
typically recorded as single snapshot records with no end date. The
reason is twofold: (i) At the time of the recording the duration is not
known and later not recorded, and (ii) the Persons typically cease
interacting with the healthcare system when they feel better, which
leads to incomplete capture of resolved Conditions. The <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#condition_era">CONDITION_ERA</a>
table addresses this issue. Family history and past diagnoses (‘history
of’) are not recorded in this table. Instead, they are listed in the <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#observation">OBSERVATION</a>
table. Codes written in the process of establishing the diagnosis, such
as ‘question of’ of and ‘rule out’, should not represented here.
Instead, they should be recorded in the <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#observation">OBSERVATION</a>
table, if they are used for analyses. However, this information is not
always available.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Source codes and source text fields mapped to Standard Concepts of
the Condition Domain have to be recorded here.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The unique key given to a condition record for a person. Refer to the
ETL for how duplicate conditions during the same visit were handled.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Each instance of a condition present in the source data should be
assigned this unique key. In some cases, a person can have multiple
records of the same condition within the same visit. It is valid to keep
these duplicates and assign them individual, unique,
CONDITION_OCCURRENCE_IDs, though it is up to the ETL how they should be
handled.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The PERSON_ID of the PERSON for whom the condition is recorded.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The CONDITION_CONCEPT_ID field is recommended for primary use in
analyses, and must be used for network studies. This is the standard
concept mapped from the source value which represents a condition
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The CONCEPT_ID that the CONDITION_SOURCE_VALUE maps to. Only records
whose source values map to concepts with a domain of “Condition” should
go in this table. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Condition&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Condition
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this date to determine the start date of the condition
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Most often data sources do not have the idea of a start date for a
condition. Rather, if a source only has one date associated with a
condition record it is acceptable to use that date for both the
CONDITION_START_DATE and the CONDITION_END_DATE.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_start_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If a source does not specify datetime the convention is to set the time
to midnight (00:00:0000)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this date to determine the end date of the condition
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Most often data sources do not have the idea of a start date for a
condition. Rather, if a source only has one date associated with a
condition record it is acceptable to use that date for both the
CONDITION_START_DATE and the CONDITION_END_DATE.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_end_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If a source does not specify datetime the convention is to set the time
to midnight (00:00:0000)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field can be used to determine the provenance of the Condition
record, as in whether the condition was from an EHR system, insurance
claim, registry, or other sources.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Choose the CONDITION_TYPE_CONCEPT_ID that best represents the provenance
of the record. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Type+Concept&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_status_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This concept represents the point during the visit the diagnosis was
given (admitting diagnosis, final diagnosis), whether the diagnosis was
determined due to laboratory findings, if the diagnosis was
exclusionary, or if it was a preliminary diagnosis, among others.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Choose the Concept in the Condition Status domain that best represents
the point during the visit when the diagnosis was given. These can
include admitting diagnosis, principal diagnosis, and secondary
diagnosis. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Condition+Status&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Condition Status
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
stop_reason
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Stop Reason indicates why a Condition is no longer valid with
respect to the purpose within the source data. Note that a Stop Reason
does not necessarily imply that the condition is no longer occurring.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This information is often not populated in source data and it is a valid
etl choice to leave it blank if the information does not exist.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The provider associated with condition record, e.g. the provider who
made the diagnosis or the provider who recorded the symptom.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The ETL may need to make a choice as to which PROVIDER_ID to put here.
Based on what is available this may or may not be different than the
provider associated with the overall VISIT_OCCURRENCE record, for
example the admitting vs attending physician on an EHR record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PROVIDER
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The visit during which the condition occurred.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Depending on the structure of the source data, this may have to be
determined based on dates. If a CONDITION_START_DATE occurs within the
start and end date of a Visit it is a valid ETL choice to choose the
VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID from the Visit that subsumes it, even if not
explicitly stated in the data. While not required, an attempt should be
made to locate the VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID of the CONDITION_OCCURRENCE
record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_OCCURRENCE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The VISIT_DETAIL record during which the condition occurred. For
example, if the person was in the ICU at the time of the diagnosis the
VISIT_OCCURRENCE record would reflect the overall hospital stay and the
VISIT_DETAIL record would reflect the ICU stay during the hospital
visit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Same rules apply as for the VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_DETAIL
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the condition that occurred. For example, this could be an ICD10 or Read
code.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This code is mapped to a Standard Condition Concept in the Standardized
Vocabularies and the original code is stored here for reference.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the concept representing the condition source value and may not
necessarily be standard. This field is discouraged from use in analysis
because it is not required to contain Standard Concepts that are used
across the OHDSI community, and should only be used when Standard
Concepts do not adequately represent the source detail for the Condition
necessary for a given analytic use case. Consider using
CONDITION_CONCEPT_ID instead to enable standardized analytics that can
be consistent across the network.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the CONDITION_SOURCE_VALUE is coded in the source data using an OMOP
supported vocabulary put the concept id representing the source value
here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_status_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the condition status.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This information may be called something different in the source data
but the field is meant to contain a value indicating when and how a
diagnosis was given to a patient. This source value is mapped to a
standard concept which is stored in the CONDITION_STATUS_CONCEPT_ID
field.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="drug_exposure" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">drug_exposure</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>This table captures records about the exposure to a Drug ingested or
otherwise introduced into the body. A Drug is a biochemical substance
formulated in such a way that when administered to a Person it will
exert a certain biochemical effect on the metabolism. Drugs include
prescription and over-the-counter medicines, vaccines, and
large-molecule biologic therapies. Radiological devices ingested or
applied locally do not count as Drugs.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>The purpose of records in this table is to indicate an exposure to a
certain drug as best as possible. In this context a drug is defined as
an active ingredient. Drug Exposures are defined by Concepts from the
Drug domain, which form a complex hierarchy. As a result, one
DRUG_SOURCE_CONCEPT_ID may map to multiple standard concept ids if it is
a combination product. Records in this table represent prescriptions
written, prescriptions dispensed, and drugs administered by a provider
to name a few. The DRUG_TYPE_CONCEPT_ID can be used to find and filter
on these types. This table includes additional information about the
drug products, the quantity given, and route of administration.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Information about quantity and dose is provided in a variety of
different ways and it is important for the ETL to provide as much
information as possible from the data. Depending on the provenance of
the data fields may be captured differently i.e. quantity for drugs
administered may have a separate meaning from quantity for prescriptions
dispensed. If a patient has multiple records on the same day for the
same drug or procedures the ETL should not de-dupe them unless there is
probable reason to believe the item is a true data duplicate. Take note
on how to handle refills for prescriptions written.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_exposure_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The unique key given to records of drug dispensings or administrations
for a person. Refer to the ETL for how duplicate drugs during the same
visit were handled.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Each instance of a drug dispensing or administration present in the
source data should be assigned this unique key. In some cases, a person
can have multiple records of the same drug within the same visit. It is
valid to keep these duplicates and assign them individual, unique,
DRUG_EXPOSURE_IDs, though it is up to the ETL how they should be
handled.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The PERSON_ID of the PERSON for whom the drug dispensing or
administration is recorded. This may be a system generated code.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The DRUG_CONCEPT_ID field is recommended for primary use in analyses,
and must be used for network studies. This is the standard concept
mapped from the source concept id which represents a drug product or
molecule otherwise introduced to the body. The drug concepts can have a
varying degree of information about drug strength and dose. This
information is relevant in the context of quantity and administration
information in the subsequent fields plus strength information from the
DRUG_STRENGTH table, provided as part of the standard vocabulary
download.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The CONCEPT_ID that the DRUG_SOURCE_VALUE maps to. The concept id should
be derived either from mapping from the source concept id or by picking
the drug concept representing the most amount of detail you have.
Records whose source values map to standard concepts with a domain of
Drug should go in this table. When the Drug Source Value of the code
cannot be translated into Standard Drug Concept IDs, a Drug exposure
entry is stored with only the corresponding SOURCE_CONCEPT_ID and
DRUG_SOURCE_VALUE and a DRUG_CONCEPT_ID of 0. The Drug Concept with the
most detailed content of information is preferred during the mapping
process. These are indicated in the CONCEPT_CLASS_ID field of the
Concept and are recorded in the following order of precedence: ‘Branded
Pack’, ‘Clinical Pack’, ‘Branded Drug’, ‘Clinical Drug’, ‘Branded Drug
Component’, ‘Clinical Drug Component’, ‘Branded Drug Form’, ‘Clinical
Drug Form’, and only if no other information is available ‘Ingredient’.
Note: If only the drug class is known, the DRUG_CONCEPT_ID field should
contain 0. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Drug&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Drug
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_exposure_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this date to determine the start date of the drug record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Valid entries include a start date of a prescription, the date a
prescription was filled, or the date on which a Drug administration was
recorded. It is a valid ETL choice to use the date the drug was ordered
as the DRUG_EXPOSURE_START_DATE.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_exposure_start_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is not required, though it is in v6. If a source does not specify
datetime the convention is to set the time to midnight (00:00:0000)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_exposure_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The DRUG_EXPOSURE_END_DATE denotes the day the drug exposure ended for
the patient.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If this information is not explicitly available in the data, infer the
end date using the following methods:<br><br> 1. Start first with
duration or days supply using the calculation drug start date + days
supply -1 day. 2. Use quantity divided by daily dose that you may obtain
from the sig or a source field (or assumed daily dose of 1) for solid,
indivisibile, drug products. If quantity represents ingredient amount,
quantity divided by daily dose * concentration (from drug_strength) drug
concept id tells you the dose form. 3. If it is an administration
record, set drug end date equal to drug start date. If the record is a
written prescription then set end date to start date + 29. If the record
is a mail-order prescription set end date to start date + 89. The end
date must be equal to or greater than the start date. Ibuprofen 20mg/mL
oral solution concept tells us this is oral solution. Calculate duration
as quantity (200 example) * daily dose (5mL) /concentration (20mg/mL)
200*5/20 = 50 days. <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/drug_dose.html">Examples
by dose form</a>
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_exposure_end_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is not required, though it is in v6. If a source does not specify
datetime the convention is to set the time to midnight (00:00:0000)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
verbatim_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the end date of the drug exposure as it appears in the source
data, if it is given
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the end date or discontinuation date as it appears from the source
data or leave blank if unavailable.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
You can use the TYPE_CONCEPT_ID to delineate between prescriptions
written vs. prescriptions dispensed vs. medication history
vs. patient-reported exposure, etc.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Choose the drug_type_concept_id that best represents the provenance of
the record, for example whether it came from a record of a prescription
written or physician administered drug. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Type+Concept&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
stop_reason
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The reason a person stopped a medication as it is represented in the
source. Reasons include regimen completed, changed, removed, etc. This
field will be retired in v6.0.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This information is often not populated in source data and it is a valid
etl choice to leave it blank if the information does not exist.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
refills
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is only filled in when the record is coming from a prescription
written this field is meant to represent intended refills at time of the
prescription.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
quantity
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
To find the dose form of a drug the RELATIONSHIP table can be used where
the relationship_id is ‘Has dose form’. If liquid, quantity stands for
the total amount dispensed or ordered of ingredient in the units given
by the drug_strength table. If the unit from the source data does not
align with the unit in the DRUG_STRENGTH table the quantity should be
converted to the correct unit given in DRUG_STRENGTH. For clinical drugs
with fixed dose forms (tablets etc.) the quantity is the number of
units/tablets/capsules prescribed or dispensed (can be partial, but then
only 1/2 or 1/3, not 0.01). Clinical drugs with divisible dose forms
(injections) the quantity is the amount of ingredient the patient got.
For example, if the injection is 2mg/mL but the patient got 80mL then
quantity is reported as 160. Quantified clinical drugs with divisible
dose forms (prefilled syringes), the quantity is the amount of
ingredient similar to clinical drugs. Please see <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/drug_dose.html">how to
calculate drug dose</a> for more information.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
days_supply
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Days supply of the drug. This should be the verbatim days_supply as
given on the prescription. If the drug is physician administered use
duration end date if given or set to 1 as default if duration is not
available.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
sig
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the verbatim instruction for the drug as written by the
provider.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the written out instructions for the drug as it is verbatim in the
source, if available.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(MAX)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
route_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The standard CONCEPT_ID that the ROUTE_SOURCE_VALUE maps to in the route
domain.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Route
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
lot_number
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Provider associated with drug record, e.g. the provider who wrote
the prescription or the provider who administered the drug.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The ETL may need to make a choice as to which PROVIDER_ID to put here.
Based on what is available this may or may not be different than the
provider associated with the overall VISIT_OCCURRENCE record, for
example the ordering vs administering physician on an EHR record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PROVIDER
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Visit during which the drug was prescribed, administered or
dispensed.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
To populate this field drug exposures must be explicitly initiated in
the visit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_OCCURRENCE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The VISIT_DETAIL record during which the drug exposure occurred. For
example, if the person was in the ICU at the time of the drug
administration the VISIT_OCCURRENCE record would reflect the overall
hospital stay and the VISIT_DETAIL record would reflect the ICU stay
during the hospital visit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Same rules apply as for the VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_DETAIL
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the drug exposure that occurred. For example, this could be an NDC or
Gemscript code.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This code is mapped to a Standard Drug Concept in the Standardized
Vocabularies and the original code is stored here for reference.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the concept representing the drug source value and may not
necessarily be standard. This field is discouraged from use in analysis
because it is not required to contain Standard Concepts that are used
across the OHDSI community, and should only be used when Standard
Concepts do not adequately represent the source detail for the Drug
necessary for a given analytic use case. Consider using DRUG_CONCEPT_ID
instead to enable standardized analytics that can be consistent across
the network.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the DRUG_SOURCE_VALUE is coded in the source data using an OMOP
supported vocabulary put the concept id representing the source value
here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
route_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the drug route.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This information may be called something different in the source data
but the field is meant to contain a value indicating when and how a drug
was given to a patient. This source value is mapped to a standard
concept which is stored in the ROUTE_CONCEPT_ID field.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
dose_unit_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the dose unit of the drug given.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This information may be called something different in the source data
but the field is meant to contain a value indicating the unit of dosage
of drug given to the patient. This is an older column and will be
deprecated in an upcoming version.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="procedure_occurrence"
class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">procedure_occurrence</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>This table contains records of activities or processes ordered by, or
carried out by, a healthcare provider on the patient with a diagnostic
or therapeutic purpose.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>Lab tests are not a procedure, if something is observed with an
expected resulting amount and unit then it should be a measurement.
Phlebotomy is a procedure but so trivial that it tends to be rarely
captured. It can be assumed that there is a phlebotomy procedure
associated with many lab tests, therefore it is unnecessary to add them
as separate procedures. If the user finds the same procedure over
concurrent days, it is assumed those records are part of a procedure
lasting more than a day. This logic is in lieu of the
procedure_end_date, which will be added in a future version of the
CDM.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>If a procedure lasts more than 24 hours, then it should be recorded
as a separate record for each day the procedure occurred, this logic is
in lieu of the PROCEDURE_END_DATE, which will be added in a future
version of the CDM. When dealing with duplicate records, the ETL must
determine whether to sum them up into one record or keep them separate.
Things to consider are: - Same Procedure - Same PROCEDURE_DATETIME -
Same Visit Occurrence or Visit Detail - Same Provider - Same Modifier
for Procedures. Source codes and source text fields mapped to Standard
Concepts of the Procedure Domain have to be recorded here.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
procedure_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The unique key given to a procedure record for a person. Refer to the
ETL for how duplicate procedures during the same visit were handled.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Each instance of a procedure occurrence in the source data should be
assigned this unique key. In some cases, a person can have multiple
records of the same procedure within the same visit. It is valid to keep
these duplicates and assign them individual, unique,
PROCEDURE_OCCURRENCE_IDs, though it is up to the ETL how they should be
handled.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The PERSON_ID of the PERSON for whom the procedure is recorded. This may
be a system generated code.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
procedure_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The PROCEDURE_CONCEPT_ID field is recommended for primary use in
analyses, and must be used for network studies. This is the standard
concept mapped from the source value which represents a procedure
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The CONCEPT_ID that the PROCEDURE_SOURCE_VALUE maps to. Only records
whose source values map to standard concepts with a domain of
“Procedure” should go in this table. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Procedure&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Procedure
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
procedure_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this date to determine the date the procedure occurred.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If a procedure lasts more than a day, then it should be recorded as a
separate record for each day the procedure occurred, this logic is in
lieu of the procedure_end_date, which will be added in a future version
of the CDM.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
procedure_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is not required, though it is in v6. If a source does not specify
datetime the convention is to set the time to midnight (00:00:0000)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
procedure_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field can be used to determine the provenance of the Procedure
record, as in whether the procedure was from an EHR system, insurance
claim, registry, or other sources.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Choose the PROCEDURE_TYPE_CONCEPT_ID that best represents the provenance
of the record, for example whether it came from an EHR record or billing
claim. If a procedure is recorded as an EHR encounter, the
PROCEDURE_TYPE_CONCEPT would be ‘EHR encounter record’. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Type+Concept&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
modifier_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The modifiers are intended to give additional information about the
procedure but as of now the vocabulary is under review.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
It is up to the ETL to choose how to map modifiers if they exist in
source data. These concepts are typically distinguished by ‘Modifier’
concept classes (e.g., ‘CPT4 Modifier’ as part of the ‘CPT4’
vocabulary). If there is more than one modifier on a record, one should
be chosen that pertains to the procedure rather than provider. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?conceptClass=CPT4+Modifier&amp;conceptClass=HCPCS+Modifier&amp;vocabulary=CPT4&amp;vocabulary=HCPCS&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
quantity
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the quantity value is omitted, a single procedure is assumed.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If a Procedure has a quantity of ‘0’ in the source, this should default
to ‘1’ in the ETL. If there is a record in the source it can be assumed
the exposure occurred at least once
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The provider associated with the procedure record, e.g. the provider who
performed the Procedure.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The ETL may need to make a choice as to which PROVIDER_ID to put here.
Based on what is available this may or may not be different than the
provider associated with the overall VISIT_OCCURRENCE record, for
example the admitting vs attending physician on an EHR record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PROVIDER
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The visit during which the procedure occurred.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Depending on the structure of the source data, this may have to be
determined based on dates. If a PROCEDURE_DATE occurs within the start
and end date of a Visit it is a valid ETL choice to choose the
VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID from the Visit that subsumes it, even if not
explicitly stated in the data. While not required, an attempt should be
made to locate the VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID of the PROCEDURE_OCCURRENCE
record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_OCCURRENCE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The VISIT_DETAIL record during which the Procedure occurred. For
example, if the Person was in the ICU at the time of the Procedure the
VISIT_OCCURRENCE record would reflect the overall hospital stay and the
VISIT_DETAIL record would reflect the ICU stay during the hospital
visit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Same rules apply as for the VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_DETAIL
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
procedure_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the procedure that occurred. For example, this could be an CPT4 or OPCS4
code.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this value to look up the source concept id and then map the source
concept id to a standard concept id.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
procedure_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the concept representing the procedure source value and may not
necessarily be standard. This field is discouraged from use in analysis
because it is not required to contain Standard Concepts that are used
across the OHDSI community, and should only be used when Standard
Concepts do not adequately represent the source detail for the Procedure
necessary for a given analytic use case. Consider using
PROCEDURE_CONCEPT_ID instead to enable standardized analytics that can
be consistent across the network.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the PROCEDURE_SOURCE_VALUE is coded in the source data using an OMOP
supported vocabulary put the concept id representing the source value
here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
modifier_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The original modifier code from the source is stored here for reference.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="device_exposure" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">device_exposure</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The Device domain captures information about a person’s exposure to a
foreign physical object or instrument which is used for diagnostic or
therapeutic purposes through a mechanism beyond chemical action. Devices
include implantable objects (e.g. pacemakers, stents, artificial
joints), medical equipment and supplies (e.g. bandages, crutches,
syringes), other instruments used in medical procedures (e.g. sutures,
defibrillators) and material used in clinical care (e.g. adhesives, body
material, dental material, surgical material).</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>The distinction between Devices or supplies and Procedures are
sometimes blurry, but the former are physical objects while the latter
are actions, often to apply a Device or supply.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Source codes and source text fields mapped to Standard Concepts of
the Device Domain have to be recorded here.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
device_exposure_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The unique key given to records a person’s exposure to a foreign
physical object or instrument.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Each instance of an exposure to a foreign object or device present in
the source data should be assigned this unique key.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
device_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The DEVICE_CONCEPT_ID field is recommended for primary use in analyses,
and must be used for network studies. This is the standard concept
mapped from the source concept id which represents a foreign object or
instrument the person was exposed to.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The CONCEPT_ID that the DEVICE_SOURCE_VALUE maps to.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Device
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
device_exposure_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this date to determine the start date of the device record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Valid entries include a start date of a procedure to implant a device,
the date of a prescription for a device, or the date of device
administration.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
device_exposure_start_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is not required, though it is in v6. If a source does not specify
datetime the convention is to set the time to midnight (00:00:0000)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
device_exposure_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The DEVICE_EXPOSURE_END_DATE denotes the day the device exposure ended
for the patient, if given.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the end date or discontinuation date as it appears from the source
data or leave blank if unavailable.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
device_exposure_end_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If a source does not specify datetime the convention is to set the time
to midnight (00:00:0000)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
device_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
You can use the TYPE_CONCEPT_ID to denote the provenance of the record,
as in whether the record is from administrative claims or EHR.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Choose the drug_type_concept_id that best represents the provenance of
the record, for example whether it came from a record of a prescription
written or physician administered drug. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Type+Concept&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
unique_device_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the Unique Device Identification number for devices regulated by
the FDA, if given.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
For medical devices that are regulated by the FDA, a Unique Device
Identification (UDI) is provided if available in the data source and is
recorded in the UNIQUE_DEVICE_ID field.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
quantity
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Provider associated with device record, e.g. the provider who wrote
the prescription or the provider who implanted the device.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The ETL may need to make a choice as to which PROVIDER_ID to put here.
Based on what is available this may or may not be different than the
provider associated with the overall VISIT_OCCURRENCE record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PROVIDER
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Visit during which the device was prescribed or given.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
To populate this field device exposures must be explicitly initiated in
the visit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_OCCURRENCE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Visit Detail during which the device was prescribed or given.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
To populate this field device exposures must be explicitly initiated in
the visit detail record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_DETAIL
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
device_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the device exposure that occurred. For example, this could be an NDC or
Gemscript code.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This code is mapped to a Standard Device Concept in the Standardized
Vocabularies and the original code is stored here for reference.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
device_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the concept representing the device source value and may not
necessarily be standard. This field is discouraged from use in analysis
because it is not required to contain Standard Concepts that are used
across the OHDSI community, and should only be used when Standard
Concepts do not adequately represent the source detail for the Device
necessary for a given analytic use case. Consider using
DEVICE_CONCEPT_ID instead to enable standardized analytics that can be
consistent across the network.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the DEVICE_SOURCE_VALUE is coded in the source data using an OMOP
supported vocabulary put the concept id representing the source value
here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="measurement" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">measurement</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The MEASUREMENT table contains records of Measurements,
i.e. structured values (numerical or categorical) obtained through
systematic and standardized examination or testing of a Person or
Person’s sample. The MEASUREMENT table contains both orders and results
of such Measurements as laboratory tests, vital signs, quantitative
findings from pathology reports, etc. Measurements are stored as
attribute value pairs, with the attribute as the Measurement Concept and
the value representing the result. The value can be a Concept (stored in
VALUE_AS_CONCEPT), or a numerical value (VALUE_AS_NUMBER) with a Unit
(UNIT_CONCEPT_ID). The Procedure for obtaining the sample is housed in
the PROCEDURE_OCCURRENCE table, though it is unnecessary to create a
PROCEDURE_OCCURRENCE record for each measurement if one does not exist
in the source data. Measurements differ from Observations in that they
require a standardized test or some other activity to generate a
quantitative or qualitative result. If there is no result, it is assumed
that the lab test was conducted but the result was not captured.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>Measurements are predominately lab tests with a few exceptions, like
blood pressure or function tests. Results are given in the form of a
value and unit combination. When investigating measurements, look for
operator_concept_ids (&lt;, &gt;, etc.).</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Only records where the source value maps to a Concept in the
measurement domain should be included in this table. Even though each
Measurement always has a result, the fields VALUE_AS_NUMBER and
VALUE_AS_CONCEPT_ID are not mandatory as often the result is not given
in the source data. When the result is not known, the Measurement record
represents just the fact that the corresponding Measurement was carried
out, which in itself is already useful information for some use cases.
For some Measurement Concepts, the result is included in the test. For
example, ICD10 CONCEPT_ID <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/45548980">45548980</a>
‘Abnormal level of unspecified serum enzyme’ indicates a Measurement and
the result (abnormal). In those situations, the CONCEPT_RELATIONSHIP
table in addition to the ‘Maps to’ record contains a second record with
the relationship_id set to ‘Maps to value’. In this example, the ‘Maps
to’ relationship directs to <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/4046263">4046263</a>
‘Enzyme measurement’ as well as a ‘Maps to value’ record to <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/4135493">4135493</a>
‘Abnormal’.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
measurement_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The unique key given to a Measurement record for a Person. Refer to the
ETL for how duplicate Measurements during the same Visit were handled.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Each instance of a measurement present in the source data should be
assigned this unique key. In some cases, a person can have multiple
records of the same measurement within the same visit. It is valid to
keep these duplicates and assign them individual, unique,
MEASUREMENT_IDs, though it is up to the ETL how they should be handled.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The PERSON_ID of the Person for whom the Measurement is recorded. This
may be a system generated code.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
measurement_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The MEASUREMENT_CONCEPT_ID field is recommended for primary use in
analyses, and must be used for network studies.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The CONCEPT_ID that the MEASUREMENT_SOURCE_CONCEPT_ID maps to. Only
records whose SOURCE_CONCEPT_IDs map to Standard Concepts with a domain
of “Measurement” should go in this table.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Measurement
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
measurement_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this date to determine the date of the measurement.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If there are multiple dates in the source data associated with a record
such as order_date, draw_date, and result_date, choose the one that is
closest to the date the sample was drawn from the patient.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
measurement_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is not required, though it is in v6. If a source does not specify
datetime the convention is to set the time to midnight (00:00:0000)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
measurement_time
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is present for backwards compatibility and will be deprecated in an
upcoming version.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(10)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
measurement_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field can be used to determine the provenance of the Measurement
record, as in whether the measurement was from an EHR system, insurance
claim, registry, or other sources.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Choose the MEASUREMENT_TYPE_CONCEPT_ID that best represents the
provenance of the record, for example whether it came from an EHR record
or billing claim. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Type+Concept&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
operator_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The meaning of Concept <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/4172703">4172703</a>
for ‘=’ is identical to omission of a OPERATOR_CONCEPT_ID value. Since
the use of this field is rare, it’s important when devising analyses to
not to forget testing for the content of this field for values different
from =.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Operators are =, &gt; and these concepts belong to the ‘Meas Value
Operator’ domain. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Meas+Value+Operator&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
value_as_number
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the numerical value of the Result of the Measurement, if
available. Note that measurements such as blood pressures will be split
into their component parts i.e. one record for systolic, one record for
diastolic.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If there is a negative value coming from the source, set the
VALUE_AS_NUMBER to NULL, with the exception of the following
Measurements (listed as LOINC codes):<br>- <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/3003396">1925-7</a>
Base excess in Arterial blood by calculation - <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/3002032">1927-3</a>
Base excess in Venous blood by calculation - <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/3006277">8632-2</a>
QRS-Axis - <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/3012501">11555-0</a>
Base excess in Blood by calculation - <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/3003129">1926-5</a>
Base excess in Capillary blood by calculation - <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/3004959">28638-5</a>
Base excess in Arterial cord blood by calculation <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/3007435">28639-3</a>
Base excess in Venous cord blood by calculation
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
value_as_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the raw data gives a categorial result for measurements those values
are captured and mapped to standard concepts in the ‘Meas Value’ domain.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the raw data provides categorial results as well as continuous
results for measurements, it is a valid ETL choice to preserve both
values. The continuous value should go in the VALUE_AS_NUMBER field and
the categorical value should be mapped to a standard concept in the
‘Meas Value’ domain and put in the VALUE_AS_CONCEPT_ID field. This is
also the destination for the ‘Maps to value’ relationship.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
unit_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
There is currently no recommended unit for individual measurements,
i.e. it is not mandatory to represent Hemoglobin a1C measurements as a
percentage. UNIT_SOURCE_VALUES should be mapped to a Standard Concept in
the Unit domain that best represents the unit as given in the source
data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
There is no standardization requirement for units associated with
MEASUREMENT_CONCEPT_IDs, however, it is the responsibility of the ETL to
choose the most plausible unit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Unit
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
range_low
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Ranges have the same unit as the VALUE_AS_NUMBER. These ranges are
provided by the source and should remain NULL if not given.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If reference ranges for upper and lower limit of normal as provided
(typically by a laboratory) these are stored in the RANGE_HIGH and
RANGE_LOW fields. This should be set to NULL if not provided.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
range_high
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Ranges have the same unit as the VALUE_AS_NUMBER. These ranges are
provided by the source and should remain NULL if not given.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If reference ranges for upper and lower limit of normal as provided
(typically by a laboratory) these are stored in the RANGE_HIGH and
RANGE_LOW fields. This should be set to NULL if not provided.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The provider associated with measurement record, e.g. the provider who
ordered the test or the provider who recorded the result.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The ETL may need to make a choice as to which PROVIDER_ID to put here.
Based on what is available this may or may not be different than the
provider associated with the overall VISIT_OCCURRENCE record. For
example the admitting vs attending physician on an EHR record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PROVIDER
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The visit during which the Measurement occurred.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Depending on the structure of the source data, this may have to be
determined based on dates. If a MEASUREMENT_DATE occurs within the start
and end date of a Visit it is a valid ETL choice to choose the
VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID from the visit that subsumes it, even if not
explicitly stated in the data. While not required, an attempt should be
made to locate the VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID of the measurement record. If a
measurement is related to a visit explicitly in the source data, it is
possible that the result date of the Measurement falls outside of the
bounds of the Visit dates.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_OCCURRENCE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The VISIT_DETAIL record during which the Measurement occurred. For
example, if the Person was in the ICU at the time the VISIT_OCCURRENCE
record would reflect the overall hospital stay and the VISIT_DETAIL
record would reflect the ICU stay during the hospital visit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Same rules apply as for the VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_DETAIL
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
measurement_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the Measurement that occurred. For example, this could be an ICD10 or
Read code.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This code is mapped to a Standard Measurement Concept in the
Standardized Vocabularies and the original code is stored here for
reference.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
measurement_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the concept representing the MEASUREMENT_SOURCE_VALUE and may
not necessarily be standard. This field is discouraged from use in
analysis because it is not required to contain Standard Concepts that
are used across the OHDSI community, and should only be used when
Standard Concepts do not adequately represent the source detail for the
Measurement necessary for a given analytic use case. Consider using
MEASUREMENT_CONCEPT_ID instead to enable standardized analytics that can
be consistent across the network.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the MEASUREMENT_SOURCE_VALUE is coded in the source data using an
OMOP supported vocabulary put the concept id representing the source
value here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
unit_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the unit of the Measurement that occurred.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This code is mapped to a Standard Condition Concept in the Standardized
Vocabularies and the original code is stored here for reference.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
value_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim result value of the Measurement from the
source data .
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If both a continuous and categorical result are given in the source data
such that both VALUE_AS_NUMBER and VALUE_AS_CONCEPT_ID are both
included, store the verbatim value that was mapped to
VALUE_AS_CONCEPT_ID here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="observation" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">observation</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The OBSERVATION table captures clinical facts about a Person obtained
in the context of examination, questioning or a procedure. Any data that
cannot be represented by any other domains, such as social and lifestyle
facts, medical history, family history, etc. are recorded here.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>Observations differ from Measurements in that they do not require a
standardized test or some other activity to generate clinical fact.
Typical observations are medical history, family history, the stated
need for certain treatment, social circumstances, lifestyle choices,
healthcare utilization patterns, etc. If the generation clinical facts
requires a standardized testing such as lab testing or imaging and leads
to a standardized result, the data item is recorded in the MEASUREMENT
table. If the clinical fact observed determines a sign, symptom,
diagnosis of a disease or other medical condition, it is recorded in the
CONDITION_OCCURRENCE table. Valid Observation Concepts are not enforced
to be from any domain though they still should be Standard Concepts.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Records whose Source Values map to any domain besides Condition,
Procedure, Drug, Measurement or Device should be stored in the
Observation table. Observations can be stored as attribute value pairs,
with the attribute as the Observation Concept and the value representing
the clinical fact. This fact can be a Concept (stored in
VALUE_AS_CONCEPT), a numerical value (VALUE_AS_NUMBER), a verbatim
string (VALUE_AS_STRING), or a datetime (VALUE_AS_DATETIME). Even though
Observations do not have an explicit result, the clinical fact can be
stated separately from the type of Observation in the VALUE_AS_* fields.
It is recommended for Observations that are suggestive statements of
positive assertion should have a value of ‘Yes’ (concept_id=4188539),
recorded, even though the null value is the equivalent.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
observation_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The unique key given to an Observation record for a Person. Refer to the
ETL for how duplicate Observations during the same Visit were handled.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Each instance of an observation present in the source data should be
assigned this unique key.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The PERSON_ID of the Person for whom the Observation is recorded. This
may be a system generated code.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
observation_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The OBSERVATION_CONCEPT_ID field is recommended for primary use in
analyses, and must be used for network studies.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The CONCEPT_ID that the OBSERVATION_SOURCE_CONCEPT_ID maps to. There is
no specified domain that the Concepts in this table must adhere to. The
only rule is that records with Concepts in the Condition, Procedure,
Drug, Measurement, or Device domains MUST go to the corresponding table.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
observation_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date of the Observation. Depending on what the Observation
represents this could be the date of a lab test, the date of a survey,
or the date a patient’s family history was taken.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
For some observations the ETL may need to make a choice as to which date
to choose.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
observation_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If no time is given set to midnight (00:00:00).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
observation_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field can be used to determine the provenance of the Observation
record, as in whether the measurement was from an EHR system, insurance
claim, registry, or other sources.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Choose the OBSERVATION_TYPE_CONCEPT_ID that best represents the
provenance of the record, for example whether it came from an EHR record
or billing claim. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Type+Concept&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
value_as_number
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the numerical value of the Result of the Observation, if
applicable and available. It is not expected that all Observations will
have numeric results, rather, this field is here to house values should
they exist.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
value_as_string
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the categorical value of the Result of the Observation, if
applicable and available.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(60)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
value_as_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
It is possible that some records destined for the Observation table have
two clinical ideas represented in one source code. This is common with
ICD10 codes that describe a family history of some Condition, for
example. In OMOP the Vocabulary breaks these two clinical ideas into two
codes; one becomes the OBSERVATION_CONCEPT_ID and the other becomes the
VALUE_AS_CONCEPT_ID. It is important when using the Observation table to
keep this possibility in mind and to examine the VALUE_AS_CONCEPT_ID
field for relevant information.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Note that the value of VALUE_AS_CONCEPT_ID may be provided through
mapping from a source Concept which contains the content of the
Observation. In those situations, the CONCEPT_RELATIONSHIP table in
addition to the ‘Maps to’ record contains a second record with the
relationship_id set to ‘Maps to value’. For example, ICD10 <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/45581076">Z82.4</a>
‘Family history of ischaemic heart disease and other diseases of the
circulatory system’ has a ‘Maps to’ relationship to <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/4167217">4167217</a>
‘Family history of clinical finding’ as well as a ‘Maps to value’ record
to <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/134057">134057</a>
‘Disorder of cardiovascular system’.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
qualifier_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field contains all attributes specifying the clinical fact further,
such as as degrees, severities, drug-drug interaction alerts etc.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use your best judgement as to what Concepts to use here and if they are
necessary to accurately represent the clinical record. There is no
restriction on the domain of these Concepts, they just need to be
Standard.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
unit_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
There is currently no recommended unit for individual observation
concepts. UNIT_SOURCE_VALUES should be mapped to a Standard Concept in
the Unit domain that best represents the unit as given in the source
data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
There is no standardization requirement for units associated with
OBSERVATION_CONCEPT_IDs, however, it is the responsibility of the ETL to
choose the most plausible unit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Unit
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The provider associated with the observation record, e.g. the provider
who ordered the test or the provider who recorded the result.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The ETL may need to make a choice as to which PROVIDER_ID to put here.
Based on what is available this may or may not be different than the
provider associated with the overall VISIT_OCCURRENCE record. For
example the admitting vs attending physician on an EHR record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PROVIDER
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The visit during which the Observation occurred.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Depending on the structure of the source data, this may have to be
determined based on dates. If an OBSERVATION_DATE occurs within the
start and end date of a Visit it is a valid ETL choice to choose the
VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID from the visit that subsumes it, even if not
explicitly stated in the data. While not required, an attempt should be
made to locate the VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID of the observation record. If an
observation is related to a visit explicitly in the source data, it is
possible that the result date of the Observation falls outside of the
bounds of the Visit dates.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_OCCURRENCE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The VISIT_DETAIL record during which the Observation occurred. For
example, if the Person was in the ICU at the time the VISIT_OCCURRENCE
record would reflect the overall hospital stay and the VISIT_DETAIL
record would reflect the ICU stay during the hospital visit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Same rules apply as for the VISIT_OCCURRENCE_ID.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_DETAIL
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
observation_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the Observation that occurred. For example, this could be an ICD10 or
Read code.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This code is mapped to a Standard Concept in the Standardized
Vocabularies and the original code is stored here for reference.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
observation_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the concept representing the OBSERVATION_SOURCE_VALUE and may
not necessarily be standard. This field is discouraged from use in
analysis because it is not required to contain Standard Concepts that
are used across the OHDSI community, and should only be used when
Standard Concepts do not adequately represent the source detail for the
Observation necessary for a given analytic use case. Consider using
OBSERVATION_CONCEPT_ID instead to enable standardized analytics that can
be consistent across the network.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the OBSERVATION_SOURCE_VALUE is coded in the source data using an
OMOP supported vocabulary put the concept id representing the source
value here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
unit_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the unit of the Observation that occurred.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This code is mapped to a Standard Condition Concept in the Standardized
Vocabularies and the original code is stored here for reference.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
qualifier_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field houses the verbatim value from the source data representing
the qualifier of the Observation that occurred.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This code is mapped to a Standard Condition Concept in the Standardized
Vocabularies and the original code is stored here for reference.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="death" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">death</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The death domain contains the clinical event for how and when a
Person dies. A person can have up to one record if the source system
contains evidence about the Death, such as: Condition in an
administrative claim, status of enrollment into a health plan, or
explicit record in EHR data.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
death_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date the person was deceased.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the precise date include day or month is not known or not allowed,
December is used as the default month, and the last day of the month the
default day.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
death_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If not available set time to midnight (00:00:00)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
death_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the provenance of the death record, i.e., where it came from. It
is possible that an administrative claims database would source death
information from a government file so do not assume the Death Type is
the same as the Visit Type, etc.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use the type concept that be reflects the source of the death record. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Type+Concept&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cause_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the Standard Concept representing the Person’s cause of death,
if available.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
There is no specified domain for this concept, just choose the Standard
Concept Id that best represents the person’s cause of death.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cause_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If available, put the source code representing the cause of death here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cause_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the cause of death was coded using a Vocabulary present in the OMOP
Vocabularies put the CONCEPT_ID representing the cause of death here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="note" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">note</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The NOTE table captures unstructured information that was recorded by
a provider about a patient in free text (in ASCII, or preferably in UTF8
format) notes on a given date. The type of note_text is CLOB or
varchar(MAX) depending on RDBMS.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>HL7/LOINC CDO is a standard for consistent naming of documents to
support a range of use cases: retrieval, organization, display, and
exchange. It guides the creation of LOINC codes for clinical notes. CDO
annotates each document with 5 dimensions:</p>
<ul>
<li><strong>Kind of Document</strong>: Characterizes the general
structure of the document at a macro level (e.g. Anesthesia
Consent)</li>
<li><strong>Type of Service</strong>: Characterizes the kind of service
or activity (e.g. evaluations, consultations, and summaries). The notion
of time sequence, e.g., at the beginning (admission) at the end
(discharge) is subsumed in this axis. Example: Discharge Teaching.</li>
<li><strong>Setting</strong>: Setting is an extension of CMS’s
definitions (e.g. Inpatient, Outpatient)</li>
<li><strong>Subject Matter Domain (SMD)</strong>: Characterizes the
subject matter domain of a note (e.g. Anesthesiology)</li>
<li><strong>Role</strong>: Characterizes the training or professional
level of the author of the document, but does not break down to
specialty or subspecialty (e.g. Physician) Each combination of these 5
dimensions rolls up to a unique LOINC code.</li>
</ul>
<p>According to CDO requirements, only 2 of the 5 dimensions are
required to properly annotate a document; Kind of Document and any one
of the other 4 dimensions. However, not all the permutations of the CDO
dimensions will necessarily yield an existing LOINC code. Each of these
dimensions are contained in the OMOP Vocabulary under the domain of
‘Meas Value’ with each dimension represented as a Concept Class.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A unique identifier for each note.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date the note was recorded.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If time is not given set the time to midnight.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The provenance of the note. Most likely this will be EHR.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the source system of the note, as in EHR record. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?standardConcept=Standard&amp;domain=Type+Concept&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_class_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A Standard Concept Id representing the HL7 LOINC Document Type
Vocabulary classification of the note.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Map the note classification to a Standard Concept. For more information
see the ETL Conventions in the description of the NOTE table. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?standardConcept=Standard&amp;conceptClass=Doc+Kind&amp;conceptClass=Doc+Role&amp;conceptClass=Doc+Setting&amp;conceptClass=Doc+Subject+Matter&amp;conceptClass=Doc+Type+of+Service&amp;domain=Meas+Value&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>. This Concept can alternatively be represented by concepts
with the relationship ‘Kind of (LOINC)’ to <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/706391">706391</a>
(Note).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_title
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The title of the note.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(250)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_text
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The content of the note.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(MAX)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
encoding_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the Concept representing the character encoding type.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the Concept Id that represents the encoding character type here.
Currently the only option is UTF-8 (<a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/32678">32678</a>). It
the note is encoded in any other type, like ASCII then put 0.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
language_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The language of the note.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use Concepts that are descendants of the concept <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/4182347">4182347</a>
(World Languages).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Provider who wrote the note.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The ETL may need to make a determination on which provider to put here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PROVIDER
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_occurrence_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Visit during which the note was written.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_OCCURRENCE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
visit_detail_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Visit Detail during which the note was written.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VISIT_DETAIL
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The source value mapped to the NOTE_CLASS_CONCEPT_ID.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="note_nlp" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">note_nlp</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The NOTE_NLP table encodes all output of NLP on clinical notes. Each
row represents a single extracted term from a note.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_nlp_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A unique identifier for the NLP record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the NOTE_ID for the NOTE record the NLP record is associated to.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
section_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The SECTION_CONCEPT_ID should be used to represent the note section
contained in the NOTE_NLP record. These concepts can be found as parts
of document panels and are based on the type of note written, i.e. a
discharge summary. These panels can be found as concepts with the
relationship ‘Subsumes’ to CONCEPT_ID <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms/45875957">45875957</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
snippet
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A small window of text surrounding the term
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(250)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
“offset”
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Character offset of the extracted term in the input note
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
lexical_variant
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Raw text extracted from the NLP tool.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(250)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_nlp_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
note_nlp_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
nlp_system
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Name and version of the NLP system that extracted the term. Useful for
data provenance.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(250)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
nlp_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date of the note processing.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
nlp_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date and time of the note processing.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
term_exists
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Term_exists is defined as a flag that indicates if the patient actually
has or had the condition. Any of the following modifiers would make
Term_exists false: Negation = true Subject = [anything other than the
patient] Conditional = true/li&gt; Rule_out = true Uncertain = very low
certainty or any lower certainties A complete lack of modifiers would
make Term_exists true.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(1)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
term_temporal
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Term_temporal is to indicate if a condition is present or just in the
past. The following would be past:<br><br> - History = true -
Concept_date = anything before the time of the report
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
term_modifiers
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
For the modifiers that are there, they would have to have these
values:<br><br> - Negation = false - Subject = patient - Conditional =
false - Rule_out = false - Uncertain = true or high or moderate or even
low (could argue about low). Term_modifiers will concatenate all
modifiers for different types of entities (conditions, drugs, labs etc)
into one string. Lab values will be saved as one of the modifiers.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(2000)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="specimen" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">specimen</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The specimen domain contains the records identifying biological
samples from a person.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Anatomic site is coded at the most specific level of granularity
possible, such that higher level classifications can be derived using
the Standardized Vocabularies.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
specimen_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Unique identifier for each specimen.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The person from whom the specimen is collected.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
specimen_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The standard CONCEPT_ID that the SPECIMEN_SOURCE_VALUE maps to in the
specimen domain. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Specimen&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
specimen_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the source of the specimen record, as in an EHR system. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?standardConcept=Standard&amp;domain=Type+Concept&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type Concept
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
specimen_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date the specimen was collected.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
specimen_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
quantity
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The amount of specimen collected from the person.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
unit_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The unit for the quantity of the specimen.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Map the UNIT_SOURCE_VALUE to a Standard Concept in the Unit domain. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Unit&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
anatomic_site_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the site on the body where the specimen is from.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Map the ANATOMIC_SITE_SOURCE_VALUE to a Standard Concept in the Spec
Anatomic Site domain. This should be coded at the lowest level of
granularity <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?standardConcept=Standard&amp;domain=Spec+Anatomic+Site&amp;conceptClass=Body+Structure&amp;page=4&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
disease_status_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
specimen_source_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the identifier for the specimen from the source system.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
specimen_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
unit_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This unit for the quantity of the specimen, as represented in the
source.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
anatomic_site_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the site on the body where the specimen was taken from, as
represented in the source.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
disease_status_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="fact_relationship" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">fact_relationship</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The FACT_RELATIONSHIP table contains records about the relationships
between facts stored as records in any table of the CDM. Relationships
can be defined between facts from the same domain, or different domains.
Examples of Fact Relationships include: <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Relationship&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=2&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Person
relationships</a> (parent-child), care site relationships (hierarchical
organizational structure of facilities within a health system),
indication relationship (between drug exposures and associated
conditions), usage relationships (of devices during the course of an
associated procedure), or facts derived from one another (measurements
derived from an associated specimen).</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>All relationships are directional, and each relationship is
represented twice symmetrically within the FACT_RELATIONSHIP table. For
example, two persons if person_id = 1 is the mother of person_id = 2 two
records are in the FACT_RELATIONSHIP table (all strings in fact
concept_id records in the Concept table: - Person, 1, Person, 2, parent
of - Person, 2, Person, 1, child of</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
domain_concept_id_1
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
fact_id_1
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
domain_concept_id_2
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
fact_id_2
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
relationship_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="location" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">location</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The LOCATION table represents a generic way to capture physical
location or address information of Persons and Care Sites.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Each address or Location is unique and is present only once in the
table. Locations do not contain names, such as the name of a hospital.
In order to construct a full address that can be used in the postal
service, the address information from the Location needs to be combined
with information from the Care Site.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
location_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The unique key given to a unique Location.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Each instance of a Location in the source data should be assigned this
unique key.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
address_1
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the first line of the address.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
address_2
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the second line of the address
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
city
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
state
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(2)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
zip
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Zip codes are handled as strings of up to 9 characters length. For US
addresses, these represent either a 3-digit abbreviated Zip code as
provided by many sources for patient protection reasons, the full
5-digit Zip or the 9-digit (ZIP + 4) codes. Unless for specific reasons
analytical methods should expect and utilize only the first 3 digits.
For international addresses, different rules apply.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(9)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
county
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
location_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the verbatim value for the location here, as it shows up in the
source.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="care_site" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">care_site</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The CARE_SITE table contains a list of uniquely identified
institutional (physical or organizational) units where healthcare
delivery is practiced (offices, wards, hospitals, clinics, etc.).</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Care site is a unique combination of location_id and
place_of_service_source_value. Care site does not take into account the
provider (human) information such a specialty. Many source data do not
make a distinction between individual and institutional providers. The
CARE_SITE table contains the institutional providers. If the source,
instead of uniquely identifying individual Care Sites, only provides
limited information such as Place of Service, generic or “pooled” Care
Site records are listed in the CARE_SITE table. There can be
hierarchical and business relationships between Care Sites. For example,
wards can belong to clinics or departments, which can in turn belong to
hospitals, which in turn can belong to hospital systems, which in turn
can belong to HMOs.The relationships between Care Sites are defined in
the FACT_RELATIONSHIP table.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
care_site_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Assign an id to each unique combination of location_id and
place_of_service_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
care_site_name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The name of the care_site as it appears in the source data
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
place_of_service_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is a high-level way of characterizing a Care Site. Typically,
however, Care Sites can provide care in multiple settings (inpatient,
outpatient, etc.) and this granularity should be reflected in the visit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Choose the concept in the visit domain that best represents the setting
in which healthcare is provided in the Care Site. If most visits in a
Care Site are Inpatient, then the place_of_service_concept_id should
represent Inpatient. If information is present about a unique Care Site
(e.g. Pharmacy) then a Care Site record should be created. <a
href="https://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Visit&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=2&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
location_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The location_id from the LOCATION table representing the physical
location of the care_site.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
LOCATION
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
care_site_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The identifier of the care_site as it appears in the source data. This
could be an identifier separate from the name of the care_site.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
place_of_service_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the place of service of the care_site as it appears in the source
data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="provider" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">provider</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The PROVIDER table contains a list of uniquely identified healthcare
providers. These are individuals providing hands-on healthcare to
patients, such as physicians, nurses, midwives, physical therapists
etc.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>Many sources do not make a distinction between individual and
institutional providers. The PROVIDER table contains the individual
providers. If the source, instead of uniquely identifying individual
providers, only provides limited information such as specialty, generic
or ‘pooled’ Provider records are listed in the PROVIDER table.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
It is assumed that every provider with a different unique identifier is
in fact a different person and should be treated independently.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This identifier can be the original id from the source data provided it
is an integer, otherwise it can be an autogenerated number.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field is not necessary as it is not necessary to have the actual
identity of the Provider. Rather, the idea is to uniquely and
anonymously identify providers of care across the database.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
npi
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the National Provider Number issued to health care providers in
the US by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
dea
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the identifier issued by the DEA, a US federal agency, that
allows a provider to write prescriptions for controlled substances.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
specialty_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field either represents the most common specialty that occurs in
the data or the most specific concept that represents all specialties
listed, should the provider have more than one. This includes physician
specialties such as internal medicine, emergency medicine, etc. and
allied health professionals such as nurses, midwives, and pharmacists.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If a Provider has more than one Specialty, there are two options: 1.
Choose a concept_id which is a common ancestor to the multiple
specialties, or, 2. Choose the specialty that occurs most often for the
provider. Concepts in this field should be Standard with a domain of
Provider. <a
href="http://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Provider&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
care_site_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the CARE_SITE_ID for the location that the provider primarily
practices in.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If a Provider has more than one Care Site, the main or most often
exerted CARE_SITE_ID should be recorded.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CARE_SITE
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
year_of_birth
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
gender_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field represents the recorded gender of the provider in the source
data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If given, put a concept from the gender domain representing the recorded
gender of the provider. <a
href="http://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Gender&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Gender
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
provider_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Use this field to link back to providers in the source data. This is
typically used for error checking of ETL logic.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Some use cases require the ability to link back to providers in the
source data. This field allows for the storing of the provider
identifier as it appears in the source.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
specialty_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the kind of provider or specialty as it appears in the source
data. This includes physician specialties such as internal medicine,
emergency medicine, etc. and allied health professionals such as nurses,
midwives, and pharmacists.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the kind of provider as it appears in the source data. This field is
up to the discretion of the ETL-er as to whether this should be the
coded value from the source or the text description of the lookup value.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
specialty_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is often zero as many sites use proprietary codes to store
physician speciality.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the source data codes provider specialty in an OMOP supported
vocabulary store the concept_id here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
gender_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is provider’s gender as it appears in the source data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the provider’s gender as it appears in the source data. This field
is up to the discretion of the ETL-er as to whether this should be the
coded value from the source or the text description of the lookup value.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
gender_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is often zero as many sites use proprietary codes to store provider
gender.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the source data codes provider gender in an OMOP supported vocabulary
store the concept_id here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="payer_plan_period" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">payer_plan_period</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The PAYER_PLAN_PERIOD table captures details of the period of time
that a Person is continuously enrolled under a specific health Plan
benefit structure from a given Payer. Each Person receiving healthcare
is typically covered by a health benefit plan, which pays for (fully or
partially), or directly provides, the care. These benefit plans are
provided by payers, such as health insurances or state or government
agencies. In each plan the details of the health benefits are defined
for the Person or her family, and the health benefit Plan might change
over time typically with increasing utilization (reaching certain cost
thresholds such as deductibles), plan availability and purchasing
choices of the Person. The unique combinations of Payer organizations,
health benefit Plans and time periods in which they are valid for a
Person are recorded in this table.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>A Person can have multiple, overlapping, Payer_Plan_Periods in this
table. For example, medical and drug coverage in the US can be
represented by two Payer_Plan_Periods. The details of the benefit
structure of the Plan is rarely known, the idea is just to identify that
the Plans are different.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
payer_plan_period_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A unique identifier for each unique combination of a Person, Payer,
Plan, and Period of time.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Person covered by the Plan.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A single Person can have multiple, overlapping, PAYER_PLAN_PERIOD
records
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
payer_plan_period_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Start date of Plan coverage.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
payer_plan_period_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
End date of Plan coverage.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
payer_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field represents the organization who reimburses the provider which
administers care to the Person.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Map the Payer directly to a standard CONCEPT_ID. If one does not exists
please contact the vocabulary team. There is no global controlled
vocabulary available for this information. The point is to stratify on
this information and identify if Persons have the same payer, though the
name of the Payer is not necessary. <a
href="http://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Payer&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
payer_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the Payer as it appears in the source data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
payer_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the source data codes the Payer in an OMOP supported vocabulary store
the concept_id here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
plan_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field represents the specific health benefit Plan the Person is
enrolled in.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Map the Plan directly to a standard CONCEPT_ID. If one does not exists
please contact the vocabulary team. There is no global controlled
vocabulary available for this information. The point is to stratify on
this information and identify if Persons have the same health benefit
Plan though the name of the Plan is not necessary. <a
href="http://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Plan&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
plan_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the health benefit Plan of the Person as it appears in the
source data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
plan_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the source data codes the Plan in an OMOP supported vocabulary store
the concept_id here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
sponsor_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field represents the sponsor of the Plan who finances the Plan.
This includes self-insured, small group health plan and large group
health plan.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Map the sponsor directly to a standard CONCEPT_ID. If one does not
exists please contact the vocabulary team. There is no global controlled
vocabulary available for this information. The point is to stratify on
this information and identify if Persons have the same sponsor though
the name of the sponsor is not necessary. <a
href="http://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Sponsor&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
sponsor_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Plan sponsor as it appears in the source data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
sponsor_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the source data codes the sponsor in an OMOP supported vocabulary
store the concept_id here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
family_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The common identifier for all people (often a family) that covered by
the same policy.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Often these are the common digits of the enrollment id of the policy
members.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
stop_reason_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field represents the reason the Person left the Plan, if known.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Map the stop reason directly to a standard CONCEPT_ID. If one does not
exists please contact the vocabulary team. There is no global controlled
vocabulary available for this information. <a
href="http://athena.ohdsi.org/search-terms/terms?domain=Plan+Stop+Reason&amp;standardConcept=Standard&amp;page=1&amp;pageSize=15&amp;query=">Accepted
Concepts</a>.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
stop_reason_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Plan stop reason as it appears in the source data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
stop_reason_source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
If the source data codes the stop reason in an OMOP supported vocabulary
store the concept_id here.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="cost" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">cost</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The COST table captures records containing the cost of any medical
event recorded in one of the OMOP clinical event tables such as
DRUG_EXPOSURE, PROCEDURE_OCCURRENCE, VISIT_OCCURRENCE, VISIT_DETAIL,
DEVICE_OCCURRENCE, OBSERVATION or MEASUREMENT.</p>
<p>Each record in the cost table account for the amount of money
transacted for the clinical event. So, the COST table may be used to
represent both receivables (charges) and payments (paid), each
transaction type represented by its COST_CONCEPT_ID. The
COST_TYPE_CONCEPT_ID field will use concepts in the Standardized
Vocabularies to designate the source (provenance) of the cost data. A
reference to the health plan information in the PAYER_PLAN_PERIOD table
is stored in the record for information used for the adjudication system
to determine the persons benefit for the clinical event.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>When dealing with summary costs, the cost of the goods or services
the provider provides is often not known directly, but derived from the
hospital charges multiplied by an average cost-to-charge ratio.</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>One cost record is generated for each response by a payer. In a
claims databases, the payment and payment terms reported by the payer
for the goods or services billed will generate one cost record. If the
source data has payment information for more than one payer
(i.e. primary insurance and secondary insurance payment for one entity),
then a cost record is created for each reporting payer. Therefore, it is
possible for one procedure to have multiple cost records for each payer,
but typically it contains one or no record per entity. Payer
reimbursement cost records will be identified by using the PAYER_PLAN_ID
field. Drug costs are composed of ingredient cost (the amount charged by
the wholesale distributor or manufacturer), the dispensing fee (the
amount charged by the pharmacy and the sales tax).</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cost_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cost_event_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cost_domain_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
DOMAIN
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cost_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
currency_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
total_charge
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
total_cost
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
total_paid
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
paid_by_payer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
paid_by_patient
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
paid_patient_copay
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
paid_patient_coinsurance
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
paid_patient_deductible
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
paid_by_primary
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
paid_ingredient_cost
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
paid_dispensing_fee
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
payer_plan_period_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
amount_allowed
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
revenue_code_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
revenue_code_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Revenue codes are a method to charge for a class of procedures and
conditions in the U.S. hospital system.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drg_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drg_source_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Diagnosis Related Groups are US codes used to classify hospital cases
into one of approximately 500 groups.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(3)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="drug_era" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">drug_era</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>A Drug Era is defined as a span of time when the Person is assumed to
be exposed to a particular active ingredient. A Drug Era is not the same
as a Drug Exposure: Exposures are individual records corresponding to
the source when Drug was delivered to the Person, while successive
periods of Drug Exposures are combined under certain rules to produce
continuous Drug Eras.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>The SQL script for generating DRUG_ERA records can be found <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/sqlScripts.html#drug_eras">here</a>.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_era_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Concept Id representing the specific drug ingredient.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Drug
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_era_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Drug Era Start Date is the start date of the first Drug Exposure for
a given ingredient, with at least 31 days since the previous exposure.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_era_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Drug Era End Date is the end date of the last Drug Exposure. The End
Date of each Drug Exposure is either taken from the field
drug_exposure_end_date or, as it is typically not available, inferred
using the following rules: For pharmacy prescription data, the date when
the drug was dispensed plus the number of days of supply are used to
extrapolate the End Date for the Drug Exposure. Depending on the
country-specific healthcare system, this supply information is either
explicitly provided in the day_supply field or inferred from package
size or similar information. For Procedure Drugs, usually the drug is
administered on a single date (i.e., the administration date). A
standard Persistence Window of 30 days (gap, slack) is permitted between
two subsequent such extrapolated DRUG_EXPOSURE records to be considered
to be merged into a single Drug Era.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_exposure_count
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
gap_days
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Gap Days determine how many total drug-free days are observed
between all Drug Exposure events that contribute to a DRUG_ERA record.
It is assumed that the drugs are “not stockpiled” by the patient,
i.e. that if a new drug prescription or refill is observed (a new
DRUG_EXPOSURE record is written), the remaining supply from the previous
events is abandoned. The difference between Persistence Window and Gap
Days is that the former is the maximum drug-free time allowed between
two subsequent DRUG_EXPOSURE records, while the latter is the sum of
actual drug-free days for the given Drug Era under the above assumption
of non-stockpiling.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="dose_era" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">dose_era</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>A Dose Era is defined as a span of time when the Person is assumed to
be exposed to a constant dose of a specific active ingredient.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Dose Eras will be derived from records in the DRUG_EXPOSURE table and
the Dose information from the DRUG_STRENGTH table using a standardized
algorithm. Dose Form information is not taken into account. So, if the
patient changes between different formulations, or different
manufacturers with the same formulation, the Dose Era is still spanning
the entire time of exposure to the Ingredient.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
dose_era_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Concept Id representing the specific drug ingredient.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Drug
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
unit_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Concept Id representing the unit of the specific drug ingredient.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Unit
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
dose_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The numeric value of the dosage of the drug_ingredient.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
dose_era_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date the Person started on the specific dosage, with at least 31
days since any prior exposure.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
dose_era_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date the Person was no longer exposed to the dosage of the specific
drug ingredient. An era is ended if there are 31 days or more between
dosage records.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="condition_era" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">condition_era</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>A Condition Era is defined as a span of time when the Person is
assumed to have a given condition. Similar to Drug Eras, Condition Eras
are chronological periods of Condition Occurrence. Combining individual
Condition Occurrences into a single Condition Era serves two
purposes:</p>
<ul>
<li>It allows aggregation of chronic conditions that require frequent
ongoing care, instead of treating each Condition Occurrence as an
independent event.</li>
<li>It allows aggregation of multiple, closely timed doctor visits for
the same Condition to avoid double-counting the Condition Occurrences.
For example, consider a Person who visits her Primary Care Physician
(PCP) and who is referred to a specialist. At a later time, the Person
visits the specialist, who confirms the PCP’s original diagnosis and
provides the appropriate treatment to resolve the condition. These two
independent doctor visits should be aggregated into one Condition
Era.</li>
</ul>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>Each Condition Era corresponds to one or many Condition Occurrence
records that form a continuous interval. The condition_concept_id field
contains Concepts that are identical to those of the
CONDITION_OCCURRENCE table records that make up the Condition Era. In
contrast to Drug Eras, Condition Eras are not aggregated to contain
Conditions of different hierarchical layers. The SQl Script for
generating CONDITION_ERA records can be found <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/sqlScripts.html#condition_eras">here</a>
The Condition Era Start Date is the start date of the first Condition
Occurrence. The Condition Era End Date is the end date of the last
Condition Occurrence. Condition Eras are built with a Persistence Window
of 30 days, meaning, if no occurrence of the same condition_concept_id
happens within 30 days of any one occurrence, it will be considered the
condition_era_end_date.</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_era_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
person_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
PERSON
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Concept Id representing the Condition.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Condition
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_era_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The start date for the Condition Era constructed from the individual
instances of Condition Occurrences. It is the start date of the very
first chronologically recorded instance of the condition with at least
31 days since any prior record of the same Condition.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_era_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The end date for the Condition Era constructed from the individual
instances of Condition Occurrences. It is the end date of the final
continuously recorded instance of the Condition.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
condition_occurrence_count
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The number of individual Condition Occurrences used to construct the
condition era.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="metadata" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">metadata</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The METADATA table contains metadata information about a dataset that
has been transformed to the OMOP Common Data Model.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
metadata_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
metadata_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(250)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
value_as_string
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(250)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
value_as_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
metadata_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
metadata_datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
datetime
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="cdm_source" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">cdm_source</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The CDM_SOURCE table contains detail about the source database and
the process used to transform the data into the OMOP Common Data
Model.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cdm_source_name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The name of the CDM instance.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cdm_source_abbreviation
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The abbreviation of the CDM instance.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(25)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cdm_holder
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The holder of the CDM instance.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
source_description
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The description of the CDM instance.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(MAX)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
source_documentation_reference
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cdm_etl_reference
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Put the link to the CDM version used.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
source_release_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The release date of the source data.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cdm_release_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The release data of the CDM instance.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cdm_version
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(10)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
vocabulary_version
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="concept" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">concept</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The Standardized Vocabularies contains records, or Concepts, that
uniquely identify each fundamental unit of meaning used to express
clinical information in all domain tables of the CDM. Concepts are
derived from vocabularies, which represent clinical information across a
domain (e.g. conditions, drugs, procedures) through the use of codes and
associated descriptions. Some Concepts are designated Standard Concepts,
meaning these Concepts can be used as normative expressions of a
clinical entity within the OMOP Common Data Model and within
standardized analytics. Each Standard Concept belongs to one domain,
which defines the location where the Concept would be expected to occur
within data tables of the CDM.</p>
<p>Concepts can represent broad categories (like ‘Cardiovascular
disease’), detailed clinical elements (‘Myocardial infarction of the
anterolateral wall’) or modifying characteristics and attributes that
define Concepts at various levels of detail (severity of a disease,
associated morphology, etc.).</p>
<p>Records in the Standardized Vocabularies tables are derived from
national or international vocabularies such as SNOMED-CT, RxNorm, and
LOINC, or custom Concepts defined to cover various aspects of
observational data analysis.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A unique identifier for each Concept across all domains.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
concept_name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
An unambiguous, meaningful and descriptive name for the Concept.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
domain_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A foreign key to the <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#domain">DOMAIN</a>
table the Concept belongs to.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
DOMAIN
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
vocabulary_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A foreign key to the <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#vocabulary">VOCABULARY</a>
table indicating from which source the Concept has been adapted.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VOCABULARY
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
concept_class_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The attribute or concept class of the Concept. Examples are ‘Clinical
Drug’, ‘Ingredient’, ‘Clinical Finding’ etc.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT_CLASS
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
standard_concept
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This flag determines where a Concept is a Standard Concept, i.e. is used
in the data, a Classification Concept, or a non-standard Source Concept.
The allowable values are ‘S’ (Standard Concept) and ‘C’ (Classification
Concept), otherwise the content is NULL.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(1)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
concept_code
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The concept code represents the identifier of the Concept in the source
vocabulary, such as SNOMED-CT concept IDs, RxNorm RXCUIs etc. Note that
concept codes are not unique across vocabularies.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
valid_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date when the Concept was first recorded. The default value is
1-Jan-1970, meaning, the Concept has no (known) date of inception.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
valid_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date when the Concept became invalid because it was deleted or
superseded (updated) by a new concept. The default value is 31-Dec-2099,
meaning, the Concept is valid until it becomes deprecated.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
invalid_reason
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Reason the Concept was invalidated. Possible values are D (deleted), U
(replaced with an update) or NULL when valid_end_date has the default
value.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(1)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="vocabulary" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">vocabulary</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The VOCABULARY table includes a list of the Vocabularies collected
from various sources or created de novo by the OMOP community. This
reference table is populated with a single record for each Vocabulary
source and includes a descriptive name and other associated attributes
for the Vocabulary.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
vocabulary_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A unique identifier for each Vocabulary, such as ICD9CM, SNOMED, Visit.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
vocabulary_name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The name describing the vocabulary, for example, International
Classification of Diseases, Ninth Revision, Clinical Modification,
Volume 1 and 2 (NCHS) etc.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
vocabulary_reference
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
External reference to documentation or available download of the about
the vocabulary.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
vocabulary_version
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Version of the Vocabulary as indicated in the source.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
vocabulary_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A Concept that represents the Vocabulary the VOCABULARY record belongs
to.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="domain" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">domain</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The DOMAIN table includes a list of OMOP-defined Domains the Concepts
of the Standardized Vocabularies can belong to. A Domain defines the set
of allowable Concepts for the standardized fields in the CDM tables. For
example, the “Condition” Domain contains Concepts that describe a
condition of a patient, and these Concepts can only be stored in the
condition_concept_id field of the CONDITION_OCCURRENCE and CONDITION_ERA
tables. This reference table is populated with a single record for each
Domain and includes a descriptive name for the Domain.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
domain_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A unique key for each domain.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
domain_name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The name describing the Domain, e.g. Condition, Procedure, Measurement
etc.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
domain_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A Concept representing the Domain Concept the DOMAIN record belongs to.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="concept_class" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">concept_class</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The CONCEPT_CLASS table is a reference table, which includes a list
of the classifications used to differentiate Concepts within a given
Vocabulary. This reference table is populated with a single record for
each Concept Class.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
concept_class_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A unique key for each class.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
concept_class_name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The name describing the Concept Class, e.g. Clinical Finding,
Ingredient, etc.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
concept_class_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A Concept that represents the Concept Class.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="concept_relationship"
class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">concept_relationship</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The CONCEPT_RELATIONSHIP table contains records that define direct
relationships between any two Concepts and the nature or type of the
relationship. Each type of a relationship is defined in the RELATIONSHIP
table.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
concept_id_1
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
concept_id_2
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
relationship_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The relationship between CONCEPT_ID_1 and CONCEPT_ID_2. Please see the
<a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/dataModelConventions.html#concept_relationships">Vocabulary
Conventions</a>. for more information.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
RELATIONSHIP
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
valid_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date when the relationship is first recorded.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
valid_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date when the relationship is invalidated.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
invalid_reason
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Reason the relationship was invalidated. Possible values are ‘D’
(deleted), ‘U’ (updated) or NULL.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(1)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="relationship" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">relationship</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The RELATIONSHIP table provides a reference list of all types of
relationships that can be used to associate any two concepts in the
CONCEPT_RELATIONSHP table.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
relationship_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The type of relationship captured by the relationship record.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
relationship_name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
is_hierarchical
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Defines whether a relationship defines concepts into classes or
hierarchies. Values are 1 for hierarchical relationship or 0 if not.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(1)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
defines_ancestry
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Defines whether a hierarchical relationship contributes to the
concept_ancestor table. These are subsets of the hierarchical
relationships. Valid values are 1 or 0.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(1)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
reverse_relationship_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The identifier for the relationship used to define the reverse
relationship between two concepts.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
relationship_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A foreign key that refers to an identifier in the <a
href="https://ohdsi.github.io/CommonDataModel/cdm531.html#concept">CONCEPT</a>
table for the unique relationship concept.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="concept_synonym" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">concept_synonym</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The CONCEPT_SYNONYM table is used to store alternate names and
descriptions for Concepts.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
concept_synonym_name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(1000)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
language_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="concept_ancestor" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">concept_ancestor</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The CONCEPT_ANCESTOR table is designed to simplify observational
analysis by providing the complete hierarchical relationships between
Concepts. Only direct parent-child relationships between Concepts are
stored in the CONCEPT_RELATIONSHIP table. To determine higher level
ancestry connections, all individual direct relationships would have to
be navigated at analysis time. The CONCEPT_ANCESTOR table includes
records for all parent-child relationships, as well as
grandparent-grandchild relationships and those of any other level of
lineage. Using the CONCEPT_ANCESTOR table allows for querying for all
descendants of a hierarchical concept. For example, drug ingredients and
drug products are all descendants of a drug class ancestor.</p>
<p>This table is entirely derived from the CONCEPT, CONCEPT_RELATIONSHIP
and RELATIONSHIP tables.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
ancestor_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Concept Id for the higher-level concept that forms the ancestor in
the relationship.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
descendant_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Concept Id for the lower-level concept that forms the descendant in
the relationship.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
min_levels_of_separation
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The minimum separation in number of levels of hierarchy between ancestor
and descendant concepts. This is an attribute that is used to simplify
hierarchic analysis.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
max_levels_of_separation
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The maximum separation in number of levels of hierarchy between ancestor
and descendant concepts. This is an attribute that is used to simplify
hierarchic analysis.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="source_to_concept_map"
class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">source_to_concept_map</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The source to concept map table is a legacy data structure within the
OMOP Common Data Model, recommended for use in ETL processes to maintain
local source codes which are not available as Concepts in the
Standardized Vocabularies, and to establish mappings for each source
code into a Standard Concept as target_concept_ids that can be used to
populate the Common Data Model tables. The SOURCE_TO_CONCEPT_MAP table
is no longer populated with content within the Standardized Vocabularies
published to the OMOP community.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
source_code
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The source code being translated into a Standard Concept.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(50)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
source_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A foreign key to the Source Concept that is being translated into a
Standard Concept.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is either 0 or should be a number above 2 billion, which are the
Concepts reserved for site-specific codes and mappings.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
source_vocabulary_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A foreign key to the VOCABULARY table defining the vocabulary of the
source code that is being translated to a Standard Concept.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
source_code_description
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
An optional description for the source code. This is included as a
convenience to compare the description of the source code to the name of
the concept.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
target_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The target Concept to which the source code is being mapped.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
target_vocabulary_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Vocabulary of the target Concept.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(20)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
VOCABULARY
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
valid_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date when the mapping instance was first recorded.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
valid_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date when the mapping instance became invalid because it was deleted
or superseded (updated) by a new relationship. Default value is
31-Dec-2099.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
invalid_reason
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Reason the mapping instance was invalidated. Possible values are D
(deleted), U (replaced with an update) or NULL when valid_end_date has
the default value.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(1)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="drug_strength" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">drug_strength</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The DRUG_STRENGTH table contains structured content about the amount
or concentration and associated units of a specific ingredient contained
within a particular drug product. This table is supplemental information
to support standardized analysis of drug utilization.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
drug_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Concept representing the Branded Drug or Clinical Drug Product.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
ingredient_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Concept representing the active ingredient contained within the drug
product.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Combination Drugs will have more than one record in this table, one for
each active Ingredient.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
amount_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The numeric value or the amount of active ingredient contained within
the drug product.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
amount_unit_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Concept representing the Unit of measure for the amount of active
ingredient contained within the drug product.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
numerator_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The concentration of the active ingredient contained within the drug
product.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
numerator_unit_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Concept representing the Unit of measure for the concentration of
active ingredient.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
denominator_value
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The amount of total liquid (or other divisible product, such as
ointment, gel, spray, etc.).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
float
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
denominator_unit_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The Concept representing the denominator unit for the concentration of
active ingredient.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
box_size
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The number of units of Clinical Branded Drug or Quantified Clinical or
Branded Drug contained in a box as dispensed to the patient.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
valid_start_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date when the Concept was first recorded. The default value is
1-Jan-1970.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
valid_end_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
The date when then Concept became invalid.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
invalid_reason
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Reason the concept was invalidated. Possible values are D (deleted), U
(replaced with an update) or NULL when valid_end_date has the default
value.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(1)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="cohort_definition" class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">cohort_definition</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The COHORT_DEFINITION table contains records defining a Cohort
derived from the data through the associated description and syntax and
upon instantiation (execution of the algorithm) placed into the COHORT
table. Cohorts are a set of subjects that satisfy a given combination of
inclusion criteria for a duration of time. The COHORT_DEFINITION table
provides a standardized structure for maintaining the rules governing
the inclusion of a subject into a cohort, and can store operational
programming code to instantiate the cohort within the OMOP Common Data
Model.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cohort_definition_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This is the identifier given to the cohort, usually by the ATLAS
application
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cohort_definition_name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A short description of the cohort
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cohort_definition_description
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A complete description of the cohort.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(MAX)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
definition_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Type defining what kind of Cohort Definition the record represents and
how the syntax may be executed.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cohort_definition_syntax
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Syntax or code to operationalize the Cohort Definition.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(MAX)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
subject_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
This field contains a Concept that represents the domain of the subjects
that are members of the cohort (e.g., Person, Provider, Visit).
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
cohort_initiation_date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
A date to indicate when the Cohort was initiated in the COHORT table.
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
date
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<div id="attribute_definition"
class="section level3 tabset tabset-pills">
<h3 class="tabset tabset-pills">attribute_definition</h3>
<p><strong>Table Description</strong></p>
<p>The ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION table contains records to define each
attribute through an associated description and syntax. Attributes are
derived elements that can be selected or calculated for a subject within
a cohort. The ATTRIBUTE_DEFINITION table provides a standardized
structure for maintaining the rules governing the calculation of
covariates for a subject in a cohort, and can store operational
programming code to instantiate the attributes for a given cohort within
the OMOP Common Data Model.</p>
<p><strong>User Guide</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<p><strong>ETL Conventions</strong></p>
<p>NA</p>
<table class="table table-condensed table-hover" style="font-size: 13px; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;">
<thead>
<tr>
<th style="text-align:left;">
CDM Field
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
User Guide
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
ETL Conventions
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Datatype
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Required
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Primary Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
Foreign Key
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Table
</th>
<th style="text-align:left;">
FK Domain
</th>
</tr>
</thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
attribute_definition_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
attribute_name
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(255)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
attribute_description
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(MAX)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
attribute_type_concept_id
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
integer
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
Yes
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
CONCEPT
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="text-align:left;font-weight: bold;">
attribute_syntax
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
varchar(MAX)
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
No
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
<td style="text-align:left;">
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<script>
// add bootstrap table styles to pandoc tables
function bootstrapStylePandocTables() {
$('tr.odd').parent('tbody').parent('table').addClass('table table-condensed');
}
$(document).ready(function () {
bootstrapStylePandocTables();
});
</script>
<!-- tabsets -->
<script>
$(document).ready(function () {
window.buildTabsets("TOC");
});
$(document).ready(function () {
$('.tabset-dropdown > .nav-tabs > li').click(function () {
$(this).parent().toggleClass('nav-tabs-open');
});
});
</script>
<!-- code folding -->
<script>
$(document).ready(function () {
// temporarily add toc-ignore selector to headers for the consistency with Pandoc
$('.unlisted.unnumbered').addClass('toc-ignore')
// move toc-ignore selectors from section div to header
$('div.section.toc-ignore')
.removeClass('toc-ignore')
.children('h1,h2,h3,h4,h5').addClass('toc-ignore');
// establish options
var options = {
selectors: "h1,h2,h3,h4,h5",
theme: "bootstrap3",
context: '.toc-content',
hashGenerator: function (text) {
return text.replace(/[.\\/?&!#<>]/g, '').replace(/\s/g, '_');
},
ignoreSelector: ".toc-ignore",
scrollTo: 0
};
options.showAndHide = true;
options.smoothScroll = true;
// tocify
var toc = $("#TOC").tocify(options).data("toc-tocify");
});
</script>
<!-- dynamically load mathjax for compatibility with self-contained -->
<script>
(function () {
var script = document.createElement("script");
script.type = "text/javascript";
script.src = "https://mathjax.rstudio.com/latest/MathJax.js?config=TeX-AMS-MML_HTMLorMML";
document.getElementsByTagName("head")[0].appendChild(script);
})();
</script>
</body>
</html>
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink